MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

.
c
om
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
Compact
lnterpact
Compact CM
! MERLIN GERIN
ilLU.Ikbl9P!9i.T.hW
.c
om
Co m pact
1 991 new products
ua
ls
A short presentation of our most

significant innovations.
You will find all relevant technical
information in this catalogue.
remote control units for

Compact C1 01 N/H/L and
C161 N/H/L
tM
an
These remote control units are available in

standard and synchro (for C 1 6 1 N/H/L)
versions.
The combination Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L or
C 1 6 1 N/H/L + remote control unit replaces
the Compact TC1 60N/L with built-in
remote control.
tri
two drawout chassis for

Compact C801 to
C1 251 N/H/L ST
ca
lP
With a new generation of Solid State Trip

Units, offering an answer to all network
protection requirements:
extended setting ranges;
RMS reading;
thermal memory;
a universal Trip Unit (STR 55) .
A total protection open to Data
Transmission Systems, able to meet any
requirement with a large range of
combinable options.
ar
Compact
C801 /C1 001 /C1251 N/H/L ST
universal chassis (same approach as

Masterpact);
o through door drawing in and out,
o through door closing and opening of
the breaker,
o meets all the requirements for incoming
breakers;
basic chassis:
o drawing in and out with door open,
the breaker.
.E
lec
new performances
for H type
ww
65 kA, according to IEC 947-2 for C 1 0 1 H,

C250H, C400H ST, C630H and C630H ST.
See page 1 3
Compact circuit breakers

with control units
(solid state trip units)
models and add-ons
an
ua
ls
Compact circuit breakers

with thermal-magnetic
trip units
.c
om
Com pa ct system
all protections
available
D type
ST204S, ST204SB
STR25DE
STR35SE
STR35ME
STR35G E
STRSSUE
STR45BE
residual current
protection
ar
tM
circuit protection
and control
electrical
auxiliaries
with
Vigi module:
Vigicompact(1J
fully visible
break
ca
lP
protection with
low magnetic
threshold
G type
auxiliaries and
accessories
selectivity for
protection
against
short-circuit
remote
control
accessories
tri
with Visu module:

Visucompact
connection
SA SB type
lec
protection direct
of motor
current
protection
starters
P type
.E
MA type
pa e No
6
10 10 10
1 9 32 32 32
C100E
C225E
C400E
C600E
C100NF
C101 N/H/L
C161 N/H/L
C250N/H/L
C401N/H/L
C630N/H/L
C400N/H/L ST
C630N/H/L ST
C801N/H/L ST
C1001 N/H/L ST
C1251N/H/L ST
66
66
66
66
66
70
74
78
82
88
dimensions
119
ww
description
characteristics
arts numbers
70 71 71
74 76 76
78 78 78
82
88
10 10
20 36
13
15
54
14
44
15
57
71
75
80
88
94
88
94
99
99
99
67
67
67
67
67
73
77
81
87
93
87
93
98
98
98
67
67
67
67
71
76
78
82
88
!_E_a!! -Qe protection can also be nrn\/irlorf '""''""'
12
42
82
88
.-.II
84
90
94 94
95 95
96 96
119
71
75
79
83
89
85
91
97
97
97
80
86
92
86
92
100
100
100
11<l
110
73
77
81
87
93
87
93
98
98
98
15
61
67
67
67
73
77
81
87
93
87
93
98
98
98
l nterpact load b reak

switches
Compact CM
with control units
(solid state trip units)
lnterpact
load bre3k
switches
.c
om
Compact CM
auxiliaries and
accessories
auxiliaries and
accessories
auxiliaries and
accessories
tM
circuit
protection
and control
source changeover
an
ua
ls
Compact type Nl
load break
switches
electrical
auxiliaries
selectivity for
protection
against
short-circuit
ca
lP
automatic
and manual
source changeover
electrical
auxiliaries
ar
STCM1
electrical
auxiliaries
accessories
accessories
accessories
remote control
remote control
connection
connection
connection
Fupact
fuse switches
150
154
160
151
154
151
154
150
156
1 61
150
159
161
106
108
1 10
107
111
103
112
1 13
14
50
.E
lec
tri
STCM2
STCM3
115
73
77
81
87
93
ww
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
98
101
163
138
140
119
98
119
141
ww
.E
tri
lec
an
tM
ar
ca
lP
ua
ls
.c
om
.c
om
Compact
1 1 to 1 250 A
page
standards and description

various trip unit functions
residual current protection
ua
ls
withdrawable Compact
Visucompact
remote control automatic source

changeover
14
auxiliaries
accessories
15
Compact UL listed
circuit breakers
16
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
.E
lec
w
ww
6
10
12
13
Compact C161
Compact C401 and C630
Compact C250
Compact C400 ST
and C630 ST
ca
lP
ar
tM
Compact C101
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Com pact system

p resentation
ww
.E
lec
tri
Compact C801 ST. C 1001 ST and

C 1 251 ST
basic frame
release unit interchangeable
Vigi module for earth leakage
protection up to C630N/H/L
4 Visu module for fully visible break on
Compact or earth leakage Vigicompact
5 shunt trip or undervcltage release for
remote tripping of the circuit breaker
6 auxiliary and alarm switches for
signalling and control
7 motor mechanism for remote
operation of the circuit breaker
8 rotary handle, breaker mounted,
padlockable as standard, centre lock
optional
9 rotary handle type MCC
10 rotary handle without door locking
11 plug in-base
12 terminal shields, convertible to lug
shields
1
2
3
.c
om
standards and description
modular design
tropicalisation
Compact moulded case circuit breakers

come in single-pole, two-pole, three-pole
and four-pole versions. Available in fixed or
drawout patterns, they are designed for the
control and protection of electric circuits.
Compact circuit breakers are equipped with
trip units providing :
protection against overloads by adjustable
thermal releases or solid state trip units
(control units),
protection against short circuits by
adjustable magnetic releases or solid state
trip units (control units) (fixed threshold for
C 1 0 1 and C1 61N/H/L).
Compact circuit breakers and switches are

designed as modular, easy-to-fit, bolt-on,
screw-on or clip-in units for simple design
and layout of electrical installations and easy
modifications.
The shunt trip or undervoltage release, and
the auxiliary and alarm switches are fitted
inside the breaker, avoiding all risk of
contact with live parts on all the Compact
range.
Compact and derived breakers as well as

their auxiliaries are tropicalised. They meet
the following standards :
I E C 68-2-30
Damp heat
Dry heat
IEC 68-2-2
IEC 68-2-1 1
Salt mist
IEC 68-2-1
Cold temperatures
withstand.
ua
ls
description
degree of protection
(standard IEC 529).
an
4 levels of performances
installation and type of operating

C 1 0 1 /N/H/L to C 1 251 N/HST
switchgear with terminal shields
visible handle
switchgear in enclosures or cubicles
visible handle
direct rotary handle
extended rotary handle
motor mechanism
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP55
IP40
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
Compact circuit breakers can meet 4 levels

of performances:
Compact E type (economical),
Compact N type ( standard) ,
Compact H type : different from the
standard Compact by its high breaking
capacity,
current limiter Compact L type with a very
high breaking capacity (see table: rating and
breaking capacities).
naae 17
.c
om
ornpa
p resentation
ratings
capacities
ua
ls
(41 5/380 V- leu according to IEC 947-2)

Stickers identify breaking capacity:
N : standard
H: high
L: very high
an
t50kA
ca
lP
ar
tM
31101415 v ..
ww
.E
lec
tri
positive break indication : the handle

position reflects the position of the main
contacts;
shock wave withstand: 8 kV (sea level);
very low level of leakage current, checked
on new devices and o n devices having
undergone sequences of tests
representative of the "end of service life " .
ua
ls
ar
lP
ca
tri
.E
lec
w
ww
.c
om
maximum safety
IEC 947 new standards
A new series of standards for low voltage

switch and controlgears: for circuit breakers,
IEC 947-2.
It takes into account technical and
technological progress made i n the past
years, as well as the real conditions of use
of the breakers. The main development:
clarification of the notion of breaking
capacity:
o leu, ultimate breaking capacity: maximum
assumed fault current (low likelyhood),
o lcs, breaking capacity during operation
(% of leu) : smaller value of fault current, with
a greater likelyhood in real applications;
definition of two categories of devices,
according to their capacity for
chronometric selectivity:
o A category : not designed for chronometric
selectivity,
o
category : specifically designed to carry
out chronometric selectivity;
recognition and definition of the
disconnection capacity;
new sequences of test, aiming at
taking into account the real situations
met In installations.
tM
Merlin Gerin low voltage devices comply

with all i nternational and national standards,
such as IEC, UL, JIS, CSA.
In particular, they perfectly meet the
requirements of new IEC 947-2, which
progressively replaces IEC 1 57-1 .
The Merlin Gerin Compact circuit breakers
are also approved tor marine applications,
and are recognised by the following
authorities:
Bureau Veritas (BV);
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LAS);
Registro Italiano N avale (RINA) ;
G ermanischer Lloyd ( GL) ;
USSR Register of Shipping (USSR RS);
Det Norsk Veritas (DNV);
American Bureau of Shipping (ASS) ;
Korean Register of Shipping (KRS).
Those characteristics specified by IEC 947.2

ensure a major improvement of the user
safety.
All Compact breakers comply with them and
are therefore suitable for disconnection.
They bear the symbol "circuit breaker
disconnector" on the front cover:
an
standards
double case insulation of front face (class

II device) allowing class II installations with
breaker control from outside.
.c
om
C o m pact system
p resentation
Compact breakers offer various protections,

depending on their trip unit.
Two ranges of trip units, from
to
A
ratings:
thermal magnetic trip units,
solid state control units, offering simple
protection and monitoring solutions for LV
distribution networks :
o greater adjustment accuracy.
A single control unit can offer several types

of protections.
o easy factory and on-site checks.
o new functions, such as load monitoring
and fault indication.
thermal magnetic trip units
1160 1250 1400
1100
10
typeD
low threshold
type G
630
lP
ar
tM
standard
an
rated current (A)
protection
ua
ls
15 3200
tri
ca
short circuits
with selectivity
.E
lec
type SA
short circuits
with SELLIM (3)
system selectivity
ww
motors
direct current
I
I
I
I
type
SB
type MA (1)
I
type P (2)
typeD
1 250
2 000
3 200
solid state control units

rated current (A)
protection
standard
ST204S
tM
ar
low threshold
..
STCM1
ST-CM3
tri
ca
lP
ST204S
STR 35GE
STR55UE
STCM1
STCM2
I
lec
ST204S
STR 35SE/ME
STR 55UE
.E
STCM1
STCM3
short circuits
with SELLIM (3)
system selectivity
ST204SB
STR45UE
I
I
motors
ww
3 200
STR25DE
STR35SE/ME
STR55UE
short circuits
with selectivity
2 000
11 250
630
160 [250 J400
100
an
10
ua
ls
.c
om
various trip u nit functions
l
I
STR35ME
STR55UE
C o m pact system
p resentation
Vigicompact
The Vigicompact is made u p of a

Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C630N/H/L ST
circuit breaker with one of the followiniJ
types of clip-in Vigi modules:
REH for the Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to
C250N/H/L ;
RM.M for the Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N/H/L
and C 1 6 1 N /H/L;
REM for the Vigicompact C40 1 N/H/L to
C630 N/H/L ST.
The Vigi modules are interchangeable and
may be fitted with lead seals.
ca
lP
ar
tM

by an add-on module
Vigi module
an
Compact
Residual current protection is used to

provide several important functions :
protection of persons against indirect
contact (IT, TT and TN grounding systems) ;
additional protection of persons against
direct contact;
protection of equipment and property
against the risk of damage or fire caused
by earth fault currents.
The devices presented below are
protected against inadvertent tripping.
ua
ls
.c
om
residual current protection:

Vigicompact, Compact circuit
breaker with separate relay
Vigicompact
tri
lec

by a separate residual
current relay
shunt trip release MX
ww
.E
Compact C250N
Compact with Vigirex and

separate toroid type sensor
This type of residual current protection
can be implemented on all Compact
circuit breakers from C 1 0 1 N/H/L to
C1251 N/H ST and on Compact type Nl
load break switches.
It consists of:
a Compact circuit breaker or load break
switch;
a voltage release;
a separate Vigirex residual current relay;
a separate toroid type sensor.
wit.hdrawability
.c
om
Visucompact circuit breaker
for the ful ly visible break
The withdrawable function allows:

removal of circuit breaker without
touching live parts;
fast interchanging of devices;
prewiring of extra fixed parts ready for
easy fitting of the moving portion when
additional outgoing circuits become
necessary.
ua
ls
All withdrawable Compact circuit breakers

come with an automatic tripping device
eliminating all danger of on-load
withdrawaL The auxiliary circuits are
disconnected at the same times as the
power circuits.
plug-in Compact base
an
C101N/H/L to C630N/H/L ST can be

made withdrawable by adding:
either a set of connecting pins and a
plug-in base;
or a drawout chassis111.
tM
C801 N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST can be
lec
standard chassis (C1251)
.E
Compact
Visu module
ww
(1) except for C101.
tri
ca
lP
ar
universal chassis
supplied with:
universal chassis, meeting all the
requirements for incoming breakers:
o through door drawing in and out,
the breaker;
standard chassis:
o drawing in and out with door open
o through door opening and closing of
the breaker.
fully visible break
Visucompact
Fully visible break requires visual evidence
of isolation between supply and load
circuits (safety of persons). This function
is provided by Visucompact circuit
breakers, in two versions:
fixed Visucompact, from C161N to
C1251N ST, comprising:
o a fixed Compact circuit breaker,
o a Visu module, which can be locked in
"OFF" position (padlock or keylock). The
Visu module provides the fully visible
break indication;
drawout Visucompact C801N ST to
C1251N ST, comprising:
o a fixed part (Compact of the considered
rating) with safety shutters preventing
access to the power contacts and a
"disconnected position" padlocking
device,
o a universal chassis.
Com pact system

p resentation
# -",
I
+
' \
remote control
%!%'*!\
Compact
'
-"'
Remote control allows remote opening

and closing of the breaker, positive break
indication being maintained :
It can act:
on orders from push-buttons, switches,
relays, programmable controller (11

locally by action on the mechanical
devices on front of the breaker.
From C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C 1 251 N / H ST, remote
control is achieved by an adaptable motor
mecanism, easily fitted on the front of the
Compact circuit breaker:
T type (C101 N/H/L to C 1 251 N/H ST)
enables:
o daily opening and closing of a circuit
from a control desk,
o load shedding, restoring on non priority
circuits,
o automatic source changeover;
TS type ( C 1 6 1 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST)
offering, in addition of T type function, the
possibility of performing high speed
closing for synchrocoupling operations.
For the Compact C 1 0 1 to C 1 25 1 N/H/L the
T and TSI2) type motor mechanism:
are equipped with a padlockable toggle,
(padlock hasp 06 to 9 m m ) .
The toggle, which indicates the 3 circuit
breaker positions, enables manual
resetting. This control can, on option, be
locked by 1 Ronis or Profalux keylock
(except on the source changeovers) .
can be associated with an SDE I2)
contact to perform remote resetting, after
opening by MX or MN voltage release. If
tripping due to an overcurrent or
insulation fault (with Vigi module) occurs,
manual resetting is compulsory in all
cases on the circuit breaker (no remote
resetting) .
ua
ls
. ..,.,.
.c
om
remote control
automatic source
changeover
motor mechanism
tM
an
automatic source
changeover
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
motorised Compact
ww
C250 to C1251N/H/L
automatism
Auxiliaries
The Compact circuit breakers equipped
with a motor mechanism can be fitted
with the same auxiliaries as the manually
controlled circuit breaker.
(1) through a low level interlace.
(2) except for C101 and C161.
The automatic source changeovers of the

Compact range are composed of:
a base plate
2 Compact (circuit breakers or switch)
rating 1 5 to 1 250 A with mechanical and
electrical interlock.
These breakers can be :
o the same,
o different with respect to type rating or
trip unit
2 type motor mechanism ( 1 per breaker) ;
an automatism plate in one single
piece with terminal block for external
connections.
.c
om
auxiliary switches,
voltage, releases,
accessories
auxiliary switches,
voltage releases
remote indications
remote tripping
ua
ls
A range of auxiliary contacts, shunt trips

and undervoltage releases equips all
Compact circuit breakers and their
derived products.
These auxiliaries are fitted inside the
circuit breaker without any difficulty.
Regarding particularly the Compact C 1 00E
to C600E and C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST,
they are simply clipped in without any risk
of contact with the live parts.
standard auxiliaries
OF contact double throw switch

Used for a signal or a control linked with
the O F F or " O N " position.
SO contact double-throw switch
Used for indication when the breaker
opens on any fault (overload, short circuit,
earth leakage, tripping by MX or M N ) .
S D E contact
Used for indication when the breaker
opens on an electrical fault (overload,
short circuit or earth leakage) .
M X voltage release for shunt tripping;
instantaneous or delayed MN voltage
release for undervoltage tripping.
an
tM
"
CAM block
ca
lP
ar
2 OF block
.E
lec
tri
front operation
ww
Direct rotary handle
installation
"
standard auxiliaries
For Visu module or rotary operating
handle
CAM early break contact with
advanced action before the operation of
the main contacts of the switch (opening
or closing depending o n the way the
contact is fitted) . Generally used to initiate
an early break on downstream devices.
rotary handle
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L t o C 1 25 1 N/H ST
circuit breakers can b e equipped with
rotary handles:
standard direct rotary handle;
type MCC direct rotary handle, for
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C250N/H/L.
extended rotary handle with door
locking when circuit breaker is i n " ON "
position; available with short or long
extension shaft ;
extended rotary handle without door
locking, with short extension shaft.
A large range of accessories is available

for easy installation and operation of
Compact circuit breakers.
Sealing accessories for tamperproofing of
Compact cover, terminal shields and
settings.
Label holders, adaptable to the front face
of Compact circuit breakers for
identification purposes.
Door cut-out grommet designed to cover
the perimeter of the door cut-out for the
handle, making a precise door cut-out
unnecessary.
Tight bellows designed to seal the handle
passage through the door.
Locator designed to prevent the moving
part of a Compact N or H from being
plugged into the base of a Compact L.
Terminal shields designed to prevent
direct contact with live connection parts.
Compact system
p resentation
800
breaking capacity
ca
lP
N: normal
H: high breaking
L : current limiting
Note all circuit breakers

from CE to CM range are
standard rated, except tor:
CK : type NN & HH
CM: typa NN
which are 100% rated.
max rating
600 A
250 A
100 A
480V:
600V:
3-pole
tri
size
3000 A 3-pole
1200 A 3-pole
2-pole and 3-po!e

1-pole, 2-po!e, 3-pole
CE 104
CE 106
ww
.E
CM:
CK:
CJ
CF
CE
lec
frame
Approvals for North America

Specifications for low voltage circuit
breakers in the USA and CANADA are
very different from those in most other
industrialised countries and stipulate
special approvals for all devices. The
necessary approval is delivered by
Underwriters Laboratories in the USA
(indicated by the UL mark) and by the
Canadian Standards Association in
Canada (CSA Mark).
ar
CK
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Compact circuit breaker

UL listed
The Compact UL range

The UL range includes devices rated from
15 to 3000 A and offers three breaking
capacity levels. It differs from the IEC
range by:
device designations: see opposite;
performance indications based on
American voltages, e.g. 600 V 60 Hz. See
table opposite;
cable connectors complying with
UL 486 B for copper and aluminium
cables;
rating plug on solid state trip units:
American standards forbid the use of a
circuit breaker for which the long time
setting could be adjusted to a value
exceeding the thermal withstand of the
cables or busbars. To meet this
requirement, it is necessary either to offer
a large number of different ratings or a
basic breaker with rating plugs
determining the maximum setting value.
Consult us for appropriate documentation.
.c
om
Com pact
1 1 to 1 250 A
2 characteristics
Qage
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
mccb's selection table of

ComQact C1 00E to C600E
ComQact C 1 00NF to C 1 25 1 N ST
ComQact C 1 0 1 H to C 1 25 1 H ST
ComQact C 1 0 1 L to C 1 00 1 L ST
cascadin 9
thermal magnetic triQ unit selection
solid state triQ unit selection
VigicomQact selection
remote control selection
automatic source changeover
auxiliaries
accessories
installation
19
20
22
24
26
32
36
42
44
50
54
57
61
ww
.E
tri
lec
an
tM
ar
ca
lP
ua
ls
.c
om
economical range
(type E)
C100E
an
electrical characteristics
tM
rated current In (A)
ca
lP
tri
performance according to Nema
lec
rated breaking capacity AS 1

to Nema
.E
w
ww
ar
rated ultimate breaking capacity
AC leu (kA rms)(t) according

to IEC 947.2
state
ua
ls
Compact with thermal magnetic trip unit
Compact
(1) defined for a

power factor of:
0.5 if 6 < kA rms .; 10
0.3 if 10 < kA rms .; 20
0.25 if 20 < kA rms .; 50
0.2 if kA rms > 50
.c
om
cha racteristi cs
selectio n table : circu it breakers
N)
.c
om
cha racteristics
selection table : c i rcu it b reakers
(continued)
standard range
(type
I
i
C 1 00NF
40 oc
50 oc
60 C
rated insulation voltage Ui ( V)

rated operational voltage Ue (V)
number of eoles
A C eu
l
(kA r ms)(11 accor din g
to IE C 947.2
(P1 accor din g to IE C 157-1)
A C 50/60 Hz
DC
50%
A
160
150
140
690
690
500
2, 3, 4
85
25
22
14
8
35
35
50%
A
690
277
1
15 (14 at 277 V)
8
8
Il
lI l
see sch ema p ag e 63
15-14 at 277 V
85
20
10
8
Il
250
235
220
690
690
500
2, 3, 4
85
'35
30
15
8
I 50
50
50%
A
8
I/ I
85
22
10
jc2soN
i
85
30
I 12
II
l
!
I
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
220/240 v
380/415 v
440 V
500 V
660/690 v
rated ultimate breaking capacity D C<250 V (2p)
leu (kA ) accor ding to IE C 947.2 121 500 v ( 4p )
rated service breaking per for man ces l cs (% of e
lu
utilisation category
kA (r ms)
rated admissible short time
(1) defined for a power withstand current lew
t (s)
factor of:
disconnector circuit breaker
0.5 if 6 < kA rms<> 10
front face insulation class II
0.3 if 10 < kA rms<>20
0.25 if 20 < kA rms<;;SO rated impulse withstand voltage
Ui mp (k V)
0.2 if kA rms>SO
pollution degree
(2) LIR <0.015 s
safety perimeter
performance
240 V
r ated br eakin g capacity 0
( -CO )
480 v
according
accor din g to Nema AB 1
to Nema
600 V
in ter ch ang eabl e
trip units
bui lt-in
typ e D
thermal magnetic
ty p e G (g ener ator pr otecti on)
ty pe SA ( sel ectiv e)
type SB (sel ectiv e S el/ im)
t y p e MA ( motor pr otection )
ty pe P ( for dir ect curr en t)
solid state
type ST 204 S
typ e ST 240 SB
typ e STR 25 DE
type STR 35 GEISE /ME
ty pe STR 55 UE
typ e STR 45 BE
options
faul t n
i dication
gr oun d f aul t pr otection
load sh edding
commun ication
Vig icompact (EL CB )
models
Visu compact v
( isibl e br eak CB )
au tomati c I manu al sour ce ch an geov er
Compact switch ty pe Nl
au xiliary switch (O F, CA M) I alar m switch (SO, SDE )
auxiliaries
MX, MN, motor mech an ism (T, TS )
ter min al shi el ds
accessories
conn ection accessor ies
(J_ adl ock ng_
i
dev ice I l ock n
i g dev ices
r otar y h an dl es
v er sion s fr on t or r ear conn ected
installation
fi xed
plug-n
i
C1 61 N
100
95
90
690
690
500
2,_ 3, 4
85
25
20
14
8
25
25
50%
A
100
95
tM
rated current In (A )
C101 N
an
Compact
ua
ls
11(3)
bu li t-in
FC
bu li t-in
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
'II
! FC
I
RC
.c
om
1 Compact whith solid state trip u nit

I
'I
'A
30
!50%
B
!6
0,1
..,
..
!.
!'14
:a
:8
Ill
'Ill
85
i 30
12
...
I
'
..
,.,
...
i
' ..
! FC
,.,
RC
ua
ls
50%
B
15
II
18
II
:111
Ill
Ill
Ill
Ill
i 85
see schema page 63

85
85
30
42
12
30
85
42
30
85
42
30
II
..
"
"
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
I
I
!
i
iI
i
I
..
!a
:.
II
'
II
RC
!FC
I
'-
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
'iii
lu
!
I
II
FC
50%
B
15
1
II
ill
50%
B
12
II
...
""
..
II
3, 4
85
50
42
40
25
.E
w
ww
\s
3, 4
85
50
42
40
25
iii
3, 4
85
50
42
40
25
:
i
111
1 250 ( 1 1 60) (4)

1 1 50 ( 1 080)(4)
1050 (1 000) (4)
750
690
lri
ill
1 000
950
900
750
690
II
II
..
,,
800
780
760
750
690
II
ST
II
! ..
'
C1001N C1251N
ill
130
112
i ..
ST
'
lec
"
50%
B
9
0,1
tri
85
:30
'12
3, 4
85
35
30
15
10
C801N
ar
:500
:2, 3, 4
:85
'35
:30
'15
:10
50
'50
50%
630
590
550
690
690
,400
380
360
690
1690
ST
ca
lP
I 360
:690
:s9o
C630N
ST
tM
l
l
C401N csaoN c400N
630
1 590
550
690
'690
i 500
i3, 4
i 85
35
'30
15
,10
; 50
i 50
150%
an
I
I
I
RC
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
I ll
II
II
II
II
Ill
II
II
Ill
II
FC
..
..
RC
FC
Ill
..
RC
FC
..
..
RC
FC
..
..
RC
ST
.c
om
characterist i cs
selection table : c i rcu it breakers
(continued)
ua
ls
high
breaki
n
g
capaci
t
y
(type H)
40 oc
50 C
60 C
rated current n
I (A )
rated insulation voltage Ui ( V)

rated operational voltage Ue ( V)
number of poles
A C eu
l
(kA r ms) l11 accor din g
t o JE C 947 .2
(P1 accor din g t o JE C 157- 1 )
A C 50/60 Hz
DC
10
50
50
50%
A
160
150
140
690
690
500
3, 4
100
50
35
14
10
50
50
25%
A
250
235
220
690
690
500
3, 4
100
65
42
18
10
85
85
50%
A
42
18
12
85
85
50%
A
100
95
90
690
690
500
3, 4
100
65
42
25(4)
8
8
I ll
lI l
see schema page 63
100
100
35
42
10
14
(3)
(3)
8
Ill
8
Il l
100
42
14
100
42
14
400
380
360
690
690
500
3, 4
100
50
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
220/240 v
380/415 v
440 V
500 V
660/690 v
rated ultimate breaking capacity D C<250 V ( 2p)
leu (kA ) accor dinq t o E
I C 947 .2 121 500 V (4p)
(
of leu )
rated service breaking p er f or man ces l cs %
(1) defined tor a power utilisation category
factor of:
kA (r ms)
0.5 if 6<kA rms<; 1 0
0.3 i f 10<kA rms<;20
1 ( s)
withstand current lew
0.25 if 20<kA rms .;; 50
dlsconnector circuit breaker
0.2 if kA rms >50
(2) L/R.;;0.015 s
U imp (k V)
rated impulse withstand voltage
(3) consult us
(4) 15 kA tor 15 A rating pollution degree
(5) withdrawable version safety perimeter
240 V
performance
r at ed br eak n
i g capacit y (0-CO )
accor din g t o Nema AB 1
480 V
according
600 V
to Nema
n
i t er chang eable
trip units
bui t-in
l
ty peD
thermal magnetic
typ e G (g en er at or pr ot ecti on )
ty pe SA (select vi e)
typ e SB ( sel ect vi e S ell im)
typ e MA (mot or pr ot ect ion)
ty pe P ( f or dir ect curr ent)
t ype ST 204 S
solid state
typ e ST 204 SB
ty pe STR 25 DE
typ e STR 35 GEISE /ME
typ e STR 55 UE
ty pe STR 45 BE
f au tl in di cati on
options
gr oun d f au tl pr ot ecti on
l oad sheddin g
an
C101H C161H C250H C401H
tM
Compact
ww
models
auxiliaries
accessories
installation
commun icat ion

Vi gi compact (E LCB )
Visu comp act (vi si ble br eak CB )
aut omat ic I manu al sour ce chanq eov er

Comp act swit ch typ e Nl
au xi il ar y swit ch (O F, CA M) I alar m swit ch ( SO, SDE )
MX, MN, mot or mechani sm T
( , TS )
(6)
t er min al shields
conn ecti on accessor ies

bu ilt- n
i
padlocking dev ice I lock n

i g dev ices
r ot ary han dl es
v er si on s fr ont or.r ear conn ect ed

RC
FC
fi xed
plug- n
i
FC
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
100
42
14
.c
om
1 00
65
42
1 00
65
42
.E
1 00
65
42
lec
100
42
14
tri
see schema page 63

100
42
14
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
Compact with solid state trip unit
ww
FC
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
FC
RC
(continued)

II
ill
C101L
100
95
90
690
rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
690
AC 50160 H z
DC
500
3, 4
number of poles
150
rated ultimate breaking capacity 2201240 v
380141 5 v
150
AC leu (kA rms) lll according
1 25
440 V
to IEC 947.2
100
500 V
(P1 according to IEC 1 57-1 )
50
6601690 v
rated ultimate breaking capacity DC<250 V (2p) 100
leu (kA) according to IEC 947.2 121 500 v (4p)
100
rated service breaking performances lcs (% of leu) 50 %
utilisation category
A
kA (rms)
withstand current lew
t (s)
40 C
50 C
60 C
In (A)
C250L iI C401L
......
C161L
1 50
140
130
690
690
500
3, 4
150
150
150
100
50
'100
100
trip units
lP
240 V
480 v
600 V
interchangeable
built-in
type D
(3)
type G (generator protection)
type SA (selective)
type SB (selective Sellim)
type MA (motor protection)
type P (for direct current)

type ST 204 S
type ST 240 SB
type STR 25 DE
type STR 35 GEISE/ME
type STR 55 UE
type STR 45 BE
fault indication
ground fault protection
load sheddinq
communication
Viqicompact (ELCB)
Visucompact (visible break CB)

automaticI manual source changeover
Compact switch type Nl

auxiliary switch (OF, CAM) Ialarm switch (SO, SDE)
MX, MN, motor mechanism (T, TS)
terminal shields
connection accessories
padlocking device Ilocking devices
rotary handles
versions front or rear connected

FC
fixed
plug-in
solid state
options
ww
models
auxiliaries
accessories
installation
'
:a
8
Ill
'Ill
11 50
150
65
. 150
1150
i 65
Ia
i
: .,
Ill
(3)
..
:
;
'
'
8
8
Ill
Ill
see schema paqe 63
150
150
1 50
125
50
50
.E
lec
thermal magnetic
rated breaking capacity (0-CO)

according to Nema AB 1
Ill
1350
325
'300
690
690
500
13, 4
! 150
1 50
150
100
50
100
100
Uimp (kV)
\!
235
223
211
690
690
500
3, 4
1 50
150
1 50
100
50
100
100
ar
performance
according
to Nema
disconnector circuit breaker

rated impulse withstand voltage
pollution degree
safety perimeter
ca
defined for a power

factor of:
0.5 if 6 < kA rms<;!O
0.3 if IO < kA rms<;20
0.25 20 < kA rms.;SO
0.2 if kA rms>SO
(2) LIR.; 0.015 s
(3) consult us
(4) withdrawable version
tri
(1)
I
!
tM
rated current
an
Compact
I
iI
ua
ls
very
(typehigh
L) breaking capacity
.c
om
chara cteri stics

selectio n table : c i rcuit breakers
; ,.
'II!
I
I
I
I
:
I
'
II
I!
Ill
"
FC
RC
RC
'
'
la
Ia
FC
RC
llll
Fe
..
RC
C400L
'A
560
525
490
690
690
3, 4
1 50
150
1 50
100
50
3, 4
150
150
1 50
100
50
''"
'Ill
see schema page 63

1 1 50
1150
65
..
Ill
150
1 50
5
___(_I
__
I
I
.c
om
50
690
3, 4
1 50
150
100
3, 4
150
150
100
Ill
150
1 50
5
150
100
65
1 50
100
65
I
I
ww
'
1 000 (910)141
970 (860)141
950 (800) 141
i
i
I
l
800
780
760
750
690
Ill
.E
..
i.,
C1001L
Ill
lec
ST
, 1
C801L
tri
ill!
ST
ar
350
325
300
.690
690
6
0, 1
!8
C630L
ca
lP
560
! 525
1490
690
690
500
3, 4
,150
!150
1 50
'100
'50
;100
i1QO
ST
an
IC630L
tM
ua
ls
Compact with solid state trip unit
i.
l.
i ..
J=c
1 ..
RC
II
II
RC
RC
II
RC
RC
ST
network
upstream:
downstream:
Multi and Compact
9
upstream circuit breaker: breaking capacity
100
CHilL
10111
85
5i1i
C!OIN
C 250l
C16lt
Cl61H
[,
upstream
C011!
h'
30
&4
'
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospegive ISC
l'lir
CIOIN
C161N
C63lH
CIOIN
C32lH
C63Ui
65
-- +
C63H
C45AO
C45N
C63l
C63lS
CBOLC
C63lS
C63H
C63H
C32l
C60lC
C60lC
C60lC
C32lS
C32l
C45AD
C45AO
ar
XC40
SC40
C32l
C32H
C32H
C32N
C32N
C400f
C63l
C60LC
C63lS
C32l
C60lC
C32l
CIOOf
----.
.
.
CZ26f
C225E
CIOOE
CIOOE
NCIOO
C63H
C63H
1-
C46N
C45AO
C45N
XC40
XC40
XC4Q
SC40
C3211
SC40
C32H
C32N
C32H
C32N
NCIOO
NCIOO
C 1 00f
ClOOE
CIOOf
25
C225E
., ,
Example: 220/240 V network
ww
C63l
C63lS
S40
Note: For clarity, the C400N , H or L ST
and the C630 N , H or L ST have been

omitted from the above bar graphs since
their cascading characteristics are
identical to these of the C40 1 N, H or L
and the C630N, H or L respectively.
ems
C45N
C32N
30
C32lH
C63lS
tri
.E
40
C63lH
C400f
lec
50
CIOIN
C32lH
C63lS
CIOOE
60
CISIN
C63L
ca
lP
C32l
CIOIN
C63lH
C63l
C32l
C63l
C250N
NCIOO
SC40
C60lC
C401N
CI61N
C63l
XC40
,'..,
<
NCIOO
C45N
85
:'
C250N
tM
C32lH
d o wnstrea m
t>fDIN
an
kArma
I 00
'
150
C401t
&25 lllf
ua
ls
kArma
150
.c
om
220/240 V
characteristics
cascad i n g
accord i ng t o I E C 947-2
l A
1150
lsc
) lise
l
162A 28A
:/
70 kA
38 kA
C225
C225E
C225f
By installing a C250L circuit breaker

(breaking capacity 1 50 kA) at the
upstream end of the installation, and with
an lsc of 38 kA on the busbars, it is
possible to install a C32N circuit breaker
(breaking capacity 16 or 12 kA depending
on the curve) on the 28 A outgoing line, a
N C 1 00 circuit breaker (breaking capacity
15 or 12 kA depending on the curve) on
the 62 A outgoing line and a C 1 6 1 N
circuit breaker (breaking caoacitv
kAl
85
85
C6 30!t
tS30 H
ts36t
COllt
ce111L
C$0 .111
'
30
:.
'
C!1l\f ,
'
:.
!: .;' . '
, .
C80 1 N
C630N
C250N
C40 1 N
C161N
C250N
C101N
C161N
CH!ilH
C)JtN '::
..
>
<. :
l!tl
Mct
...
..
C1001N
C80 1 N
an
C630N
C401 N
kArms
1 50
. .:
Glflll,L.
.c
om
1 50
1 00
ua
ls
kArms
C630N
C401N
C250N
1 00
tM
C161N
CSOOE
C80 1 N
CSOOE
C1001N
CSOOE
C1251N
C1251N
C400E
C630N
C400E
C801N
C400E
C1001N
C1001N
C801N
C40 1 N
C250N
ca
lP
ar
C1 6 1 N
85
t C101N
CSOOE
C400E
65
60
C630N
C801 N
C401 N
C830N
C630H
C250N
C401N
C40 1 H
C161N
C250N
C101N
C161N
C101N
CSOOE
CSOOE
CSOOE
CSOOE
CSOOE
CSOOE
C400E
C400E
C400E
C400E
C400E
C400E
C 1 00E
tri
C100E
C225E
50
lec
C 1 00E
.E
40
30
C225E
C225E
C225E
C100E
ClOOE
25
CIOOE
ww
Example: 380 V network (3P + N) with

three-phase and single-phase (phase +
neutral) outgoing lines.
)f20 A
160 A
f
)
I
C225E
C225E
C225E
C225E
CHlOE
ClOOE
C 1 00E
C 1 00E
lsc
70 i<- A
By installing a 4-pole C 1 6 1 L circuit breaker

an lsc of 54 kA on the busbars, it is
possible (see pages 28 and 29) to install a
3-pole C 1 00E circuit breaker on the 90 A
outgoing line ( see above table for single
phase outgoers ) , a 2-pole C63H circuit
breaker ( b reaking capacity 12 kA) on the
50 A outgoing line and a C32N circuit
breaker (breaking capacity 16 or 12 kA
dependin on the curve) on the 20 A
.
characterist i cs
cascad i n g (continued)
accord i n g to I E C 947-2
network(1)
upstream:
downstream:
Multi and Compact
9
C25DH
ua
ls
C0011 ST
C250N
upstream
an
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC
tM
1 50
1 00
ar
70
ca
lP
65
50
downstream
lec
tri
35
30
ww
.E
25
15
.c
om
380/4 1 5 V
Example: 380 V network
Note: For clarity, the C630N, H or L ST
have been omitted from the above bar

graphs since their cascading
characteristics are identical to these of the
C630N, H or L respectively.
150 A
)
lsc
"'
40 kA
By installing a C 1 6 1 L circuit breaker

(breaking capacity 1 50 kA)
at the upstream end of the
installation, and with an lsc of 24 kA on
the busbars, it is possible to install
a C32N circuit breakAr lhrc<>i.-;n
CSIJ IH
ClOO!H
Cl001N
CBO!N
ss
;BOllE
co:lll11
oil
'l.o
12
---
C630N
C80111
Ol N
C630N
!6!N
C250N
psoN
COlN
1 0 1 1114
C630N
830N
C40 1 N
C250N
50
C!SlN
CHl ! N
C250N
C600f
C630N
C1 6 1 1i
C400E
C4(l ! N
C!Ol l/141
C!Slll
C ! O lN{4
C600E
C4Q ! N
C250N
C161N
I--
30
C22Sf
CJOOE
1:22 Sf
C100
ww
CU5E
C400
.E
C400E
15
f--
lec
C l 0 1 N{4
20
r-
C600E
tri
C600E
CZ!!iE
ClOOE
1 0 1 NI4l
C40!N
C250N
35
! 6 1 11
ca
lP
65
f-C400E
C600f
C400E
C600E
C400E
.I
! 00 1 N
801N
! OO H
801N
630N
40 1 N
C25GN
C ! S! N
1251
C ! O ! NI4 1
1 00 !
S30N
801N
40 1 N
830N
C250 N
401N
250N
161N
630N
C401N
C 1 0 1 N{4)
C600E
C1001N
C400E
C16!N
C630N
C!O!N
C250N
C40 1 N
C161N
250N
t -
CHl! N{4
I--
C400E
161N
101N
C6DOE
c--
C400E
1--
C600E
C400E
t225E
CH)IlE
C !O OE
ClOOE
C!OOE
C!251N
1 00 1 N
W'"
CS0 1 N
C40 !H
630N
40 ! N
400NST
I--
C600E
C400E
CHlOE
ClZ&E
ttl)!!E
CM!3i
i2i
ar
C80 1 N
25
tM
--
C1 2 5 1 N
an
C1251H
ua
ls
'
'
C ! OOlt
CBO! l
\ ll
i ll
.c
om
'
"!:
C10GE
.c
om
characteristics
cascading
accord i n g to IEC 947-2
upstream circuit breaker: breaking capacity

1 50
1 00
85
75
65
42
35
upstream 30
22
20
Cl61l
CHllt
1 25
i CHll
c!'snt
CJ!}l
, ''
I'
,,' '
I\
<
'
125
ClOIN
CI61N
Cl01li
Cl&IH
',
' ''
,
,
'
<
[i
C251llt
C16ltl
CHllH
C161H
tM
CI I N
C101H
85
- -
35
22
,.
Example: 440 V network
Note : For clarity, the C400N, H or L ST

and the C630N , H or L ST have been
omitted from the above bar graphs since
their cascading characteristics are
identical to these of the C401 N , H or L
and the C630N , H or L re sn.,,.,+; ..
- - .
.E
lec
42
:-- -
tri
50
ww
C401H
C2fi011
C250H
C I SIII
C161H
C101tll2
C I 0 1 Ht2
C831JN
' Cti30ll
C4o tt;
'fOIH
'9t;
1- - - -
- -
- -
Cl,OIN
<.
;
, ',
'
,
' .
,
'
\(!,
'1;:111111.
. . .
\:
11'"
'
;'
jt
C2SOII
xt '+
;.r;0'j.,
C16tN
Clfll l'i
1' ;\ .
520 /
J )l s c
u
UJ.
!:
1:
lsc
46 kA
80 kA
'
't(
r{
:.
:/) .
)<;:.
Tf1
i
If
C25011
CHllll
C1,6!N
tU!itl
ca
65
-+
1,
lP
downstream
-----
C4nlli
ar
1 00
\\
.. ..
t:ea alf
',
&215011
GltllN
, ,1
t4!ll
an
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC

kArms
tl'
\ )
',
9(;\.,
, j C4C1i
C15Qt!
tlfil!l
C2li!lt
ua
ls
kArms
,'
- -
- - - -
,f f;
:
'
r
?
.,;
,.,
'
:,
f:.:i ,
r,
t2
I.
By installing a C630L circuit breaker

an lsc of 48 kA on the bush"r" ;+ ,_
poss ihl o
+
' -
, ..
[.l f:,"l
!
>
,' ...
'
:'
,,
i?;ft i{i
,'
,, ,
.,,
. :
f---
f---
.c
om
---
" -kArms
'
'-._
1 50
1 25
...
CM-H
42
ua
ls
75
65
Cl 2 5 1 N
C lOG I N
G801N
30
22
tM
1 25
C801N
CBO I H
C630N
C40 1 11
C250N
85
C250H
C 1 0 0 1 11
65
8011'1
630H
50
lec
"C63011
. "nllUI
\ 0 0 1 11
1 25 1
Cl251N
125111
C\26111
C125\N
801 11
10011
C\00111
Hl01N
C1001N
BUill
CBOIN
8ll1N
Clll0\11
161ft
C630H
1 6 \N
C630H
161H
C401H
1 61 H
C401H
tri
po 1 H
CMII
C250N
ca
lP
C2 50H
100111
1 00 111
SO I N
SO HI
63011
630H
401N
401H
ar
G630H
C401H
an
20
1 00
1 0 11'1!2
1 0 1 1112)
HltH!2)
1 0 1 H12l
C630N
C630N
CS30N
C630N
C401N
C401N
C401N
C46111
-3011
..
40TN
- -
.E
30
C2&011
. ;
C250N
C250N
C25011
C25011
25011
22
ww
&80\N
. : -:-..
.
1 - :>.
C601N
f c?
I
3011
40111
.. -
35
25
MP HI
CM-N
C1251H
C 1 00 1 H
CBOI H
35
42
MP H2
C1001l
C801 l
1 DO
85
w
f
. ___,_ --
I''
f
.
!
.,
-:r
t'
"'
"
interchangeable
built-in
release unit
C1 00E
C225E
C400E
fixed threshold
rating lr at:
fixed threshold
rating lr at:
standard trip unit

continuous current setting
rating lrm
15
1 30
20
160
30
240
40
320
50
400
60
500
80
640
100 800
min. and max. threshold

poles loaded
other trip units
lec
type SB
tri
thermal
maanetic
lrm (A)
instantaneous protect. I
thermal
maanetic
lrm (A)
.E
Sellim selective release

(full discrimination with
all downstream breaker)
type MA
magnetic release only
thermal
maanetlc
I max (A)
(A
maximum
continuous current at 65 C
lrm (A)
max. and min. threshold
2 poles loaded
ww
125
150
175
200
225
40C
125
150
175
200
225
50C
117
142
165
187
213
60C
109
132
1 55
172
200
fixed threshold
rating lrm
125
150
175
200
225

2 poles loaded
selective release
60C
14
18
27
36
45
54
72
90
ca
lP
thermal
magnetic
lrm (A)
type SA
50C
14
19
29
38
48
57
76
95
875
1050
1 750
2000
2250
ar
low magnetic release
40C
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
fixed threshold
maanetic
lrm (A)
type G
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
fixed threshold
rating lr at:
250
300
350
400
40C
250
300
350
400
an
thermal magnetic
tM
thermal
lr (A)
type D
C600E
ua
ls
for Compact
.c
om
c haracteristics
selecti o n table : thermal mag netic tri p u n its
50C
236
285
326
380
fixed threshold
rating lrm
250 2500
300
350
400
3000
3500
4000
60C
221
269
300
360
fixed threshold
rating lr at:
500
600
40C 50C 60C

500 470 440
600 560 5 1 6
fixed threshold
rating lrm
500
600
5000
6000
fixed threshold
rating lr at:
40C 50C
15
15
20
20
30
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
80
BO
100
100
adj. 0.7 to 1 x lr
rating l r at:
40C 50C 60C
15
14.3 1 3.6
15
23.5 22.3
25
25
3B 35.6
40
40
63
60.5 57.3
63
76.B 72.B
80
80
100 95
90
100
adi, 0.7 to 1 x lr
rating lr at:
40C 50C
15
15
14.3
25
25
23.5
40
3B
40
63
60,5
63
BO
76,8
80
i 100
100 95
fixed threshold
rating lrm
15
130
25
200
320
40
63
500
80
640
100
BOO
ww
.E
lec
adl 0.7 to 1 x lr l 1 1
rating lr at:
40C 50C
74
BO
80
100
100 94
1 25 1 17
125
1 60 1 50
1 60
60C
1 3,6
22,3
35,6
57,3
72,B
90
1
I
without
adj. 4 to 1 2.5 x l r
rating I max (C1 01 H only) 121
MA2.5 2.5
MA6.3 6.3
MA12.5 1 2.5
MA25 25
MASO 50
MA100 100
MA150 150
N/2
60C (A)
6B
40
63
BB
109 63
140 BO
fixed threshold
rating lrm
560
80
700
100
B75
125
1 1 20
160
0.7 to 1
rating
G80
G100
G125
G160
ad. 0.7 t o 1 x l r l 1 1
rating lr at:
40C 50C
80
BO
74
100
100 94
125
125 1 17
1 50 142
160
fixed threshold
rating lrm
80
560
700
100
B75
125
1 1 20
160
lr
fixed threshold
lrm (C161 N only)
200
250
320
400
tri
ca
lP
0.7 to 1 x lr
fixed threshold
rating lrm ( C 1 0 1 N only)
85
G15
100
G25
G40
140
1 58
G63
200
G80
G100 250
tM
II
C161 L
!
fixed threshold
rating lrm
1 30
15
25
200
320
40
63
500
80
640
BOO
100
C 1 61 N
C161 H
ar
fixed threshold
rating lrm
300
15
300
20
300
30
400
40
400
50
BOO
60
800
80
800
100
60C
14
19
29
3B
4B
57
77
95
.c
om
I C101 L
ua
ls
C101 N
C 1 01 H
an
C1 00NF
same as D type
fixed threshold
rating lrm (C161H only)
SA63 2000
SA80 2000
SA100 2000
SA125 2000
SA160 2000
same as D type
fixed threshold
rating lrm
SA63 2000
SA80 2000
SA100 2000
SA125 2000
SA160 2000
2000
2000
I
without
adj. 4 to 1 2.5 x lr
rating 1 maxl 21
MA2.5 2.5
MA6.3 6.3
MA12.5 1 2.5
MA25 25
MASO 50
MA100 100
MA150 1 50
without
without
fixed threshold
fixed threshold
rating I max lrm (C161H) only) rating i max lrm
MA100 1 00 1 250
MA100 100 1 250
MA125 1 25 1 600
MA125 1 25 1 600
MA160 160 2000
MA160 1 60 2000
..
I\_
1/lr
60C
6B
BB
1 09
1 32
N/2
(A)
40
63
63
BO
I C250N
I C250H
I
for Compact
I C250L
interchan eable
built-in
, .
standard trip units

thermal-magnetic
0.7
rating
ad.
thermal
lr (A)
continuous current setting
i
i
magnetic
lrm (A)
0125
0160
0200
0250
625 to 1 250
800 to 1 600
1 000 to 2000
1 250 to 2500
1 0125
1 0160
0200
0250
ar
type G
low magnetic release
thermal
rna netic
lrm (A)
rating
lP
other trip units
1 G200
I G250

2 poles loaded
type SA
thermal
magnetic
lrm (A)
ca
selective release
type 58
thermal
magnetic
lrm (A)
.E
lec
Sellim selective release

(full discrimination with
all downstream breaker)
type MA
magnetic release only
thermal
magnetic
I max (A)
ww
max1mum
continuous current at 65
lrm (A)
2 poles loaded
to
to
rating
SA125
I SA160
I SA200
SA250
: rating
!
1
1 000
1 000
same as D t e
lrm
G200
G250
'I. SA125
I SA160
I SA200
SA250
1 000
1 280
1600
2000
60 oc
1 15
144
1 80
211
625 to 1 250
800 to 1 600
1 000 to 2000
1250 to 2500
lrm
500
500
to
to
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 280
1 600
2000
j 3000
I same as D tvoe
1
fixed threshold
rating lrm
58125
58160
58200
58250
I
I
50 C
120
152
190
223
e
; fixed threshold
i rating lrm
40 oc
125
160
200
235
j same as D t
3000
(A)
tri
instantaneous protect. I
lrm
500
500
I
1
0125
0160
0200
0250
to 1 x lr
lr at:
1 adjustable
1 rating lrm
tM
ad. 0.7
rating
N/2
40 oc 50 C 60 C (A)
125
120
1 15
160
152
144
80
200
190
180
100
250
220
235
125
adjustable
rating lrm
I 0125
I, 0160
i 0200
0250
min. and max. threshold

2 poles loaded
to 1 x lr
lr at:
an
type 0
(continued)
ua
ls
release unit
.c
om
characterist i cs
selectio n table : thermal mag netic tri p u n its
without
adjustable
ratmg I max lrm
MA250 250
1 600
to
3200
1250
1600
2000
2500
without
adjustable
rallng I max lrm
MA250 250
1600
to
3200
N/2
(A)
80
100
125
for direct current
60 oc
290
360
N/2
(A)
160
200
50 oc
305
325
: for direct current
60 C
290
300
(A)
1 60
200
to 3200
to 4000
direct current:
BOO to 1600
1 200 to 2500
2000 to 4000
: for direct current:
: P1
P2 without thermal
i P3
for
i P1
! P2
I P3
1 600
2000
for
P1
P2
I' P3
P4
. protection earned out by
, protection carried out by

1 C400L ST equipped with
: ST204S trip unit (see page
protection carried out by

I C400N/H ST equipped with
ST204S trip unit (see page 36)
36)
lec
C400L ST equipped with

: ST204SB trip unit (see page 36)
1 600
2000
2500
3200
.E
I
J
.c
om
for direct current:
to 3200
to 4000
to 5000
to 6300
direct current
BOO to 1 600
1 200 to 2500
2000 to 4000
3200 to 6300
0321
0401
0500
0630
ww
1 600
2000
2500
3200
protect1on earned out by

1 ST204S trip unit (see page
36)

ST204S trip unit (see page
36)
j_

ST204SB trip unit (see page
'
'
2000
to
4000
160
200
250
320
aclj_ustable
rating lrm
P1
P2
P3
P3
' C400N/H ST equipped with

i ST204S trip unit (see page 36)
(A)
: P1
P2 without thermal
P3
for
protection earned out by
N/2
60 C
290
360
450
490
Without
. adustable
. rating I max lrm
MA321 320
I
II
ad . 0.75 to 1 x lr l 1l
rating lr at
40 C 50 C
0321
320
305
0401
400
3BO
0500
500
475
0630
560
525
Without
, ad'ustable
: rating I max lrm
MA500 500
3200
I ad ustable
Without
to
rating
6300
t( s)
I max lrm
MA500 500
4000
160
200
250
320
C400N/!-f ST equipped with

, ST204S trip unit (see page 36)
tri
to
(A)
to 3200
to 4000
to 5000
to 6300
direct current
BOO to 1 600
1 200 to 2500
2000 to 4000
3200 to 6300
0321
0401
0500
0630
; C400L ST equipped with

2000
60 C
290
360
450
550
N/2
aclj_ustable
rating lrm
to 3200
to 4000
direct current
BOO to 1 600
1 200 to 2500
2000 to 4000
. 0321
0401
: protection earned out by

C400N/H ST equipped with
: MA321 320
: adjustable
lrm
; rating
1 600
2000
: Without
'
adustable
, rating I max lrm
0.75 to 1 x lr1 1l
rating lr at:
40 C 50 C
305
320
! 0321
3BO
: 0401
400
0500
500
475
595
630
0630
ad.
N/2
tM
P1
P2
P3
40 C
320
350
ar
for
to 1 x lrl 1l
lr at:
' adjustable
; rating lrm
1
0.75
i rating
!
: 0321
. 0401
; P1
I P2 without thermal
P3
P1
; P2 without thermal
P3
' 0321
: 0401
ad .
ca
lP
ad. 0.75 to 1 x lr l1 l
rating lr (A)
40 C 50 C
305
0321
320
3BO
400
0401
..
ua
ls
"
630L
an
C630N
C630H
C401L
C401
. C401H
;1
I\_
I
1/lr
3200
to
6300
36)
.c
om
presentation
characterist i cs
ST c o ntrol u n its selecti o n
control units types of protection

-+
ua
ls
The ST 204 S control unit, for general

purpose, offers two levels of protection:
adjustable long time protection against
overload ;
instantaneous for protection against
short circuits. In addition, the ST204 SB
control unit offers an adjustable short
time protection against short circuits, and
allows full continuity of service with
SELLIM system.
In stantaneous
threshold
an
Instantaneous control units ST 204 S

selective control unit ST 204 SB
Adjustments of protections
Instantaneous control unit STR 25 DE
ca
lP
ar
tM
STR25 OE
The STR 25 DE control unit, for general

purpose, offers two levels of protection:
overload ;
adjustable instantaneous protection
against short circuit. The thresholds are
given for 1 , 2 or 3 poles on load.
version with fine setting for long time protection is available.
The STR 35 SE, GE and ME control units

offer the following protections :
overload, with Off position for the ME
version ;
adjustable short time protection against
short circuit;
adjustable short time delay for selectivity;
fixed instantaneous protection against
short circuit.
The thresholds are given for 1 , 2 or 3
poles on load.
These control unit types meet each
requirement for selective applications and
generator protection (STR 35 GE).
lec
tri
Selective control units STR 35 SE/GE/ME
Instantaneous threshold
't\_' ., " -o-o,, o-
.E
Universal control unit STR 55 UE
l h' I
,0
.. .
. ..
ww
TFR
-4:
A 1;<:
, $::
0 1&
'- :
: ..
,:
I!'
..
.... .
..
Available with all types of options; with or without

being prepared for communication.
..
The STR 55 UE control unit offers the
following protection s :
overload ;
adjustable long time delay for selectivity;
short circuit ;
adjustable instantaneous protection
against short circuit.
The thresholds are given for 1 , 2 or 3
poles on load.
This control unit can be adjusted for any
type of network protection : distribution
selective, generator, motor etc.
I a I
.
'k1."
'
--
-.. :;i.
.
..- 1
'
:$
..
0
'-
. -
....
.,.:..
.c
om
STRUBE
The STR 45 BE control unit offers the

following protections:
overload ;
adjustable long time delay for selectivity;
short circuit;
The thresholds are given for 1 , or 3
poles on load.
The Sellim system offers maximum
continuity of service due to full selectivity
and cascading.
ua
ls
Sellim control unit STR 45 BE
Available with all types of options except fault indication,

always prepared for communication.
(for universal and Sellim control unit only)
: , : "
, ; olo
,:. :1.++. '1
tr
ltl !">l
o4ltl>oH
m
let
1.,
tlr
Ground fault protection (option T)
C 1?1 NH
"":"
tm
.E
-o --- 0 --- o-
'e
.. 2:me
..; . :
.':e
85
&
ww
Option F requires an external

240 V 50/60 Hz or DC.
15
8 3
1(l
2
El
power supply of
.7
24
&
to
Communication (option C)
Transmitting data concerning all currents
read by the CTs, all settings of the control
unit including those of options T and R,
load shedding orders, fault indications as
given by option F, internal temperature
warning when temperature, warning when
ro<>rl hv three internal
-- - - --,
When combined with option

threshold (lc1).
there is only one
Adjustments of load monitoring
th
Fault indication (option F)
tauc
lc2 threshold
The ground fault protection is of residual

type. One adjustable threshold depending
on the nominal current In, with adjustable
time delay will control the breaker.
It can be completed with a zone selective
interlock (option Z), which will provide
logical selectivity.
On request, the ground fault protection
can be of source ground return type (type
W) or protected neutral type.
lec
. --,.
.,
tri
tlr
lc1
threshold
tM
'
115
21 3 '...; .
ca
lP
(/)
- O --- O -Ir ,
lm
Two adjustable loads limits* depending on

the long time delay adjustment activate
opto-decoupled outputs (transistors) or
send a signal via the communication
outputs:
These two thresholds can be used in
applications such as load shedding and
reconnection, interlocks; alarms and so
on.
ar
Load monitoring (option R )
tauk
an
optional functions
In addition to the standard fault indications
(toggle, SO and SOE contacts) , the fault
indication enables to discriminate the
three causes of tripping : overload (LT),
short circuit (ST + inst.) or earth fault (T)
with three LEOs.
Together with the fault indicators comes a
load indicator, three LEOs indicating 60,
70 and 80 % of the long time setting in
addition to the standard LED indicating
90 % and 1 05 % of the long time setting.
F option is not available on Sellim control units.
Note: All protection functions are self powered and require no external power supply.
Fault indication, option F, requires the installation of an external power supply.
selection table
Comeact
C400N/H/L ST
C630N/H/L ST
C801 N/H ST
,... -t nn"' M / T
STR55UE
STR35SE
STR35ME
STR35GE
ST204S/SB STR25DE
STR45BE
characteristics
ST co ntro l u n its selectio n
control units and

optional functions selection
table
control units characteristics

control units
ST204S
ST204SB
STR25DE
N/2
In x ...
setting_ lr
tripping between
time delay bands
min. delay(s), at 1 .5 x lr
max. delay(s), at 1 .5 x lr
min. delay(s), at 6 x lr
max. delay(s), at 6 x lr
min. delay(s) , at 7.2 x lr
max. delay(s), at 7.2 x lr
N/H type
L type
time delay_ bands
no trip time (ms)
max break time (ms)
C400/C630N/H/L ST
C801/C1001 N/H ST
C801 /C100 1 L ST
C 1 251 N/H ST
2.5 to 10
2.5 to 10
2.5 to 10
2.5 to 10
short time protection ST
setting lm
lr x ..
short time delay
instantaneous protection
communication
ground fault protection (T)
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
120
96
120
6.0
7.5
4.2
5.2
1 .5 - 10
1 .5 - 10. max. 8 x In
0.1
0
0.2
140
0
60
140
230
60
0.3
230
350
1 .5 - 10 x lr
15 x In
1 .5 - 1 0 x lr. max 8 x In 8 X In
12 x ln
1 .5 - 10 x lr
ca
lP
optional functions characteristics
ar
R
F
0.4 - 1
1.05 - 1 .20 x lr
120
96
120
6.0
7.5
4.2
5.2
none
none
8 x In
14 x ln
options
T
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
120
96
120
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
120
96
120
an
long time delay
tM
long time protection LT
STR35SE
ua
ls
protection
.c
om
ST
available as standard residual current type, source ground return type, or protected neutral type
pick-up lh
lh = In x ..
0.2 to 0.6
steps
precision
time delay
tm
band
max. no trip time (ms)
max. breaking time (ms)
zone selective interlocking (Z)
available on request
tri
thermal memory
power supply
0.2 - 0.25 - 0.3 - 0.35 - 0.4 - 0.45 - 0.5 - 0.6

15 %
0.1
0.4
0.3
0.2
140
350
60
230
230
500
350
140
working on both earth fault
and short circuit protection
as LT protection, C
20 seconds
self powered
=
2nd limit lc 1
time delay(s)
lrx ..
lc1
steps
precision
closing
open in
lc2
lr x ...
steps *
precision
closing
openin
0.8 to 1
0.8 - 0.85 - 0.88 - 0.9 - 0.93 - 0.95 - 0.98 - 1 .0
+ 8%
tr/2 (tr
time delay for long time protection)
10 s
0.5 to 1
0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 .0
+ 8 %
tr/4 (tr
time delay for long time protection)
10 s
opto-decoupled outputs 100 mA triac type, 120 to 240 V 50160 Hz, or signalling
via the communication output, when the control unit is prepared for Com
self powered**
3 front face LEOs

bargraph, 3 LEOs
precision
indicating cause of tripping lr, lm/1, lh

60, 70, 80 % of lr
+ 6,6 %
automatically when resetting the breaker
24 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz or DC
.E
1st limit lc2
lec
load monitoring and control (R)
time delay(s)
transmission*
power supply
ww
fault indications (F)
resetting
power supply
communication (Com)
power supply
transmitting data
concerning
1 1 , 12, 13, I max, I neutral, all settings of the control unit, identification of plug
(UL
and JIS), load monitoring operations, fault indications, internal
temperature, cause of malfunction.
self oower>rl**
15 X In
8 x In
1 2 x In
0.30
230
350
.c
om
1 20
96
1 20
6.0
7.5
4.2
5.2
240
1 92
240
12
15
8.3
10.4
480
384
480
24
30
1 6.7
20.8
0.3
230
350
tM
0.3
230
350
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
60
30
15
48
24
12
30
60
15
1 .50
3.00
0.75
3.75
1 .88
0.94
2 . 08
0.52
1 .04
2.60
0.65
1 .30
1 .5 - 1 0
1 . 5 - 10. max. 8 x In
0
0.2
0.1
140
0
60
230
140
60
ua
ls
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
15
12
15
0.75
0.94
0.52
0.65
1.5 - 10
1 .5 - 10. max. 8 x In
0.2
0
0.1
1 40
60
0
140
230
60
2 - 1 5 x In
2 - 8 x In
2 - 1 2 x In
4.2
5.2
1 .5 - 10. max. 8x In
0. 1
0.2
0
140
60
0
140
60
230
0.3
230
350
120
96
120
6.0
7.5
240
192
240
12
15
8.3
1 0.4
480
384
480
24
30
1 6.7
20.8
none
ar
1 5 X In
8 X In
12 x In
0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 . 20 x lr
30
15
60
48
12
24
30
60
15
1 .50
3.00
0.75
3.75
1 .88
0.94
1 .04
0.52
2.08
1 . 30
2.60
0.65
an
II
0.4 - 1 . OFF
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
1 20
96
1 20
6.0
7.5
4.2
5.2
1 .5 - 1 0
1 .5 - 1 0. max. 8 x In
0.2
0.1
0
0
60
140
140
230
60
STR45BE (L type only)
STR55UE
STR35GE
STR35ME
ca
lP
front face example
STR55 UE
ww
tri
6 7
.E
FR
lec
The lowest settings of lc2 may not work properly if lr

setting and/or the load is below 0.5 In:
lc2 setting
load and/or setting
10
1
2
Control unit identification

Bar graph indicating the load in % of the
long time setting (LEOs)
3 Alarm indicator ( LED ; fixed light when
load exceeds 90 % of long time setting
and flashing above 1 05 %
4 Fault indicators (LEOs) discriminating
the different causes of tripping : overload
(lr), short circuit (1m or lnst) or earth fault
(T) (option)
5 lo, rough adjustment for long time
protection (fine setting with lr knob)
6 Table for the maximum settings of short
time protection and instantaneous
protection
7 Typical curve
8 Test kit connector
9 Overcurrent protection settings
10 Load monitoring settings (option)
characteristics
ST control u n its selectio n
fflOl UNIT
an
ua
ls
I ' - 'I
.c
om
general diagram for basic versions
control u nit
optional functions
wiring diagram
lP
ar
tM
-\
integrated option offer
I 8REAKEIJ AUXIUARIES' I
ww
.E
lec
tri
I FMMIUWAR!Q
" connected" position contact (10 A/220 V AC)

shunt release (150 VA/220 V AC)
MN:
undervoltage release (8 VA/220 V AC)
fault trip indication contacts (5 A/220 V AC)
SO:
OF:
auxiliary changeover contacts (6 A/220 V AC)
SDE: electrical fault trip indication contacts (10 A/220 V AC)
CD:
"disconnected" position contacts (10 A/220 V AC)
CE:
MX:
ca
STR 55 UE R F
STR 55 U E TR F
emergency off
BPO: open pushbutton
AT:
emergency off
lc1 : load limit setting 1
lc2: load limit setting 2
AT:
"connected" position contact (10 A/220 V AC)

load monitoring (100 mA/220 V AC)
ground fault protection (EZ and SZ: Input and
output for zone selective interlocking)
MX:
shunt release ( 1 50 VA/220 V AC)
MN:
undervoltage release (8 VA/220 V AC)
SO:
OF:
local fault trip indicator (supply: 24 V to 240 V AC
F:
or DC)
CD:
CE:
R:
T:
.c
om
evolutive offer ( prepared for telecommunication)
an
ua
ls
STR 55 U E + options F C / R F C /TFC/TR FC
-\
ar
tM
--
RA.All:rctUAatel ... l
+ options
emergency off

( 1 0 A/220 V AC)
(EZ and SZ: Input and
CE:
"connected" position contact
T:
MX:
shunt release
MN:
undervoltage release
(150 VA/220 V AC)

(8 VA/220 V AC)
SO:
OF:
F:
local fault trip indicator (supply: 24 V to 240 V AC
or DC)
CD:
C:
ca
lP
STR 45 B E ( sellim)
AT :
communication (including load monitoring for

versions
STR 55 UE FRC and STR 55 UE FTRC)
C/TC / R C /TR C
I BRiilAI<ER AtiXJUARlES I
;;.;:l;;,;: ::(!-:-.- -----------':.=----1::,

-:
COM'MOL.VNIT
nl - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _lfi. F
CN1 - - CN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Pt43t23243223521354362 364
ww
.E
T 1TI'zul
I
1 z12
lec
tri
-iffi_illftTI
I
L --
-\
AT:
emergency off
CE:
"connected" position contact
T:
MX:
( 1 0 A/220 V AC)
(EZ and SZ:
Input and

shunt release
( 150 VA/220 V A C)
(8 VA/220 V
AC)
(5 A/220 V AC)
(6 A/220 V AC)
CD:
MN:
SO:
fault trip indication contacts
OF:
auxiliary changeover contacts
C:
communication (including load monitoring for

versions
STR 45 BE FRC and STR 45 BE TRC)
.c
om
cha racteristi cs
selection table : Vig i co mpact ELCB
Vigicompact
! C1 01 N/H/L
j REH or R M M
TC40N
U)
fixed
plug-in
+
1 0 % - 1 5 Ofo(S)
3, 4
number of poles
breaking capacity AC
trip unit
accessories and auxiliaries
REH40
HS
0.03
0
0
40
T02
intentional
delay
built-in
(self voltage)
auxiliary supply
installation
dimensions
weight
(kg)
4P
type N/H 3P
4P
FC
H
190
190
1 .3
1.7
103
122
.E
lec
(mm)
versions
fixed
_plug-in
fixed FC
type N/H 3P
tri
AC 50/60 Hz(S)
MS and LS
0.3-1-3- 1 0
II
0 I
0 60 200
40 150 370
T2 on step 0
ca
sensitivity( 1 I
IL'>n (A)(2 1
step
delay (ms)
trip. time (msj(3)
class
Vigirex
RCD
134
134
intentional
delay
auxiliary supply
AC 50/60 Hz
connection
circuit breaker MX or MN
ww
separated toroid
( 0 in mm)
shielded wire
REH101
, HS
! 0.03
iO
IO
1 40
1 m2
1
built-in
MS and LS
0.3-1 -3-10
0 I
II
0 60 200
40 150 370
T2 on step 0
i (self voltage)
FC
..
i ll
IH
I 218
218
. 2.3
3.1
105
140
I R H50(6)
! 0.03-0.1 -0.3-1-3
type of Vigirex
In (A)
step
delay (ms)
class
0
!0
r ro2
!
l
220/240
'"
RC
REH or RMM
C 1 6 1 N/H
C161 L
1 3, 4
: same as C161 N/H/L
i same as C 1 01 N/H/L
lP
Vigi module
type of Vigi module
I 3, 4
same as TC40N
I C161 N/H/L
i
1 1 60
150
1 1 60
1 50
1 220 to 4 1 5 (500 for RMM)
1 1 00
: 100
220 to 415 (500 for RMM)
40
220 to 415
rated voltage AC
(V) 50/60 Hz
: C 1 01 N/H/L
ar
(A) at 40 C
tM
rated current
an
I REH
I
ua
ls
ID new
RMM101
MS
0.3
' without
0
50
T2
REH161
HS
' 0.03
0
0
1 40
i T02
MS and LS
0.3-1-3-10
0 I
II
0 60 200
40 150 370
T2 on step 0
: built-in
without
(self current) I (self voltage)
FC
i lli
"
II (4)
II
H
232
232
2.3
3.1
124
124
RH53A
0.03-0. 1-0.3-1-3
II
0 I
0 90 250
T02 on step 0
with IL'>n = 0.03
220/240 or
380/415
R H50(61
J '"
MS
0.3
without
.o
50
T2
without
(self current)
.. (4 )
105
140
0.03-0.1 -0.3-1-3
0
0
T02
220/240
RC
RMM161
"'
139
139
R H53A
0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3
II
0 I
0 90 250
T02 on step 0
with IL'>n = 0.03
220/240 or
380/41 5
1 ,.
TN 0 30 lu -in
:"
- ----------------------------- ,
L-+------------------------!----------------------
N
:.
: :
0 8
O
N
_.
SN 0 200
.
I = 100 mm
\ "'
I -
Protection against transient fault currents:

The Vigi modules are equipped with a
filtering device preventing the inadvertent
tripping due to transient overvoltage, radio
waves ...
They comply with international standards

(withstand test to 8/20 s wave and
impulse voltage 1 .2/50 s. class A. .. ) .
They are identified b y this symbol.
11
The earth-leakage protection with Vigirex

RCD is achieved by the combination of:
a circuit breaker equipped with a shunt
trip or an undervoltage release,
a Vigirex RCD,
a separate toroid
.c
om
1
235
3, 4
same as C250N/H/L
! REH250
! HS
,o
' 0
! 40
: 0.03
J T02
MS and LS
0.3-1-3- 1 0
0 I
0 60 200
40 1 50 370
T2 on step 0
1 built-in
(self voltage)
: FC
:"
, :...:
: 350
H
i 350
: 5.2
! 6.2
RC
.. (4)
w
140
1 85
"'
D
145
145
, C401 N/H
I C400N/H ST
' 400
! 360
: 220 to 415
3, 4
REM401/400/630
same as C401 N/H/L

i or C400N/H/L ST
i MS and LS
! 0.3-1-3- 1 0-30
!o
60
II
i 40 1 50 370
I T2 on step 0
c
::
I built-in
1 (self voltage)
: Ill
IH
410
1 410
I 7.8
! 9.7
i
i rM
i
.E
. ..
ww
; m
1
I
i ii'
I C630N/H
I
C630N/H ST
550
j 630
i 220 to 415
550
520
i 3, 4
I same as C630N/ H/L
'
or C630N/H/L ST
REM401 /400/630
MS and LS
0.3- 1 -3-1 0-3 0
II
0 I
, a 60 200
I 40 1 50 370
T2 on step 0
I built-in
(self voltage)
FC
RC
157.5
210
I same as C801 N/H/L ST, C1001N/H/L ST or C 1 251 N/H ST

I
..
..
RC
,i ..ll
171
171
!H
!j 410
410
i 7.8
! 9.7
"
w
1 57.5
210
Ill
D
171
171
RH53A
RH50 16l
0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3
II
0
0 I
II
0 I
0 90 250
0
0 90 250
T02 on step 0
T02 on step 0 T02
with 11\n = 0.03
with 11\n = 0.03 i
220/240 or
220/240
220/240 or
380/415
380/415
RH53A
0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3
' Ill
i
RHSOI6l
RH53A
0.03-0.1 -0.3-1 -3 ' 0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3
II
0 I
0
0 90 250
0
T02 on step 0
1 T02
with 11\n = 0.03
i
220/240 or
1 220/240
380/415
"
"
, ,.
: M
lll
'tl
1$
ST,
C630L
C630L ST
200
RHSOI6l
RH53A
. L RH50 (6)
0.03-0.1-0 3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3 i 0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3
[0
' O
0 I
II
JO
0 90 250
0
, T02
T02 on step 0 T02
I
with 11\n = 0.03 ,
220/240
I 220/240
220/240 or
I
380/415
i
C401 L
C400L ST
350
30
iI REM
C801 N/H/L ST, C1 001 N/H/L

C1 251 N/H ST
ST
tM
235
REM
lec
250
220 to 415
I C630N/H/L
i C630N/H/L
ar
I' 250
ST
ca
lP
C250L
; C250N/H
I C401 N/H/L
! C400N/H/L
an
I
I
tri
C250N/H/L
i REH
I
I
ua
ls
'
I
II
(1) HS: high sensitivity

MS: medium sensitivity
LS: low sensitivity
(2) Tripping at IC.n, non tripping at lt-n/2
(3) Total breaking time at 2 IC.n
(4) Except for L type: consult us
(5) For other frequencies: consult us
(6) The RH50 Vigirex exists in inherent safety model
C101 N/H/L
40
see below
100
see p. 20
circuit breaker
rated current In (A) tor 40 C
other characteristics
tM
remote control
built-in
opening
closing
remote reset
on fault
on MN/MX tripping
generators sy_nchro coupling
opening time (ms)
OJlening
closing
50
50
.E
lec
openinQ
closing
synchro
synchro
consult us
300
500
C101H/L
C101N
I 30000
1 2000
' 30000
12000
6000
' 20000
3000
i 3000
4
4
24/30-48/60-1 10/125
220/250
1 1 0/127-220/240-380/415
440
1 10/127-220/240-440
250
250
250
250
electrical auxiliaries
OF contact
SO contact
SDE contact
MX shunt trip
MN shunt trip
M N with time deJa 250-700 ms
(1) for 660 V.
endurance
440 V x 0.7.
(SDM)
MN
MNR
I TC40N
MCCB's with integrated remote control
ww
rated current (A) 40 C

rated voltage (V) AC
number of poles
breaking
capacity
AC 50/60 Hz
trip unit
220/240 v
380/41 5 v
440 V
500 v
660 v
consult us
500
500
ca
opening
closing
AC (VA)
200
200
tri
DC (W)
TS161
700
700
1 10-127-220-240-380
415/440
120-240-440-480
AC 60 Hz
consumption
50000
50000
50000
25000
4
24-48-1 10-125-220-250
ln/2
In
AC 50 Hz
T161
lP
(co cycles IEC 947-2)
(cycles/mn)
T101
300
500
C161N/L ' C161H
12000
I 3oooo
12000
I 3oooo
I 20000
6000
i 3000
3000
:4
4
24/30-48/60
1 10/125-220/250
1 10-127-220/240
380/415-440
1 1 0/127-220/240
440
200
200
mechanical endurance
electrical endurance( 1 J :
440 v - cos = 0.8
nb opening by MX/MN
maximum operating frequency
power supply (V) DC
on request - with SDM

with SDM
160
see p. 20
ar
functions
C1 61 N/H/L
an
TC40N/L
ua
ls
.c
om
characteristi cs
selection table : remote control
40
660
3-4
30
30
10
7
4.5
J TC40L
40
660
3-4
100
100
100
100
10
500
60
C161N/L
10000
10000
6000
3000
4
1 1 0/127
500
500
1 1 0/127
220/240
1 1 0/127
220/240
500
500
I C161H
1 1 0000
I 10000
I
10000
i 3000
! 4
.c
om
.
20
400-630
see . 20
T250
TS250
T400/401 /630
synchro
with SDE
synchro
500
1 2000
1 0000
6000
6000
2
24-48/60- 1 1 0/ 1 25
220/250
1 10/1 27-220/240
380/41 5-440/480
1 1 0/ 1 25
1 1 0/127-220/240
1 1 0/1 27-220/240
lec
500
500
500
500
.E
ww
380 V to
i 480 v
700
' 700
1 000
T801/1001/1251
TS801/1001/1251
synchro
with SDE
synchro
s_ynchro
with SDE
synchro
500
60
1 0000
6000
6000
6000
3000
3000
1 000
1 000
2
1 1 0/1 27-220/240
380/41 5-440/480
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
24-48/60-110/125
220/250
1 1 0/ 1 25
1 1 0/1 27-220/240
380/415-440/480
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
500
500
tri
1 1 0/ 1 27-220/240
380/41 5-440/480
500
1 1 0 V to
240 v
500
500
200
1 0000
1 200
500
500
60
1 2000
with SDE
500
200
500
1 1 0 V to
240 v
500
500
' 380 V to
' 480 v
'
,_ 700
I 700
ar
with SDE
800-1 000-1 250
TS400/401 /630
ca
lP
C801 N/H/L ST
C1 001 N/H/L ST
C1 251 N/H ST
an
250
tM
C250N/H/L
1 see
ua
ls
C400N/H/L ST
C401 N/H/L
I C630N/H/L ST
500
700
700
with SDE
500
1 500
400
60
1 0000
2500
2500
1500
3000
1 500
1 000
1000
24-48/60-1 10/125
220/250
1 1 0/1 27-220/240
380/41 5-440/480
1 10/127-220/240
380/41 5-440/480
500
500
1 1 0 V to
240 v
500
500
1 380 V to
I 480 V
i 700
1 700
2
24/30-48/60
1 10 / 1 25
1 10/ 1 27
220/240
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
400
220
400
220
characteristics
remote control selecti o n
electrical endurances by manual o r T type remote control

(cos <p 0.8 - 440 V) ( 1 )
nurrber of cycles CO electrical operation
50000
r---
C101Hil C161H
mechanical endurance limit
--1---
20000
1 0000
C101N-C161 Nil.C250N/Hil
....
6000
.......
......
.......
3000
...... .......
........
..
...
1 500
/_
-.....
......
C400-401-C630NIH!l
L_
--......
....r-...
... ..
-.....
20
30
40
......
.......
r-....
ar
C80 1.C1001C1251 N/Hil ST

1 000
1 0%
( 1 )660V - resistance 440V x 0. 7
tM
1 5000
1 2000
an
30000
ua
ls
1 00000
50
60
80
70
90 1 00%
rated operational current (Je) in% of rated current (In)
lP
electrical endurances by TS type remote control

( cos <p 0.8 - 440 V) ( 1 l
number of cycles CO electrical operation
ca
1 00000
tri
50000
30000
15000
1 0000
6000
5000
3000
2500
1 500
.E
lec
20000
C161H
L
1-'
"
C4
w
ww
20
30
C801-C1
40
I,....._
{sf
I 1 J
1.C
1 000
10%
( 1 )660V = resistance 440V X 0. 7

! -.....
50
N!Hil
1.7""'--
1-C1
l N/Hil ST
60
.......
-.l'!oo
C161 Nil.C250NiHil
_meh_anicaJ <mdc ranrn limit
70
!""'-- ......
.......
......,
BO
.c
om
endurance curves
......
90 1 00%
rated operational current (le) in% ot rated current (In)
.c
om
low level interfaces

wiring diagram
-'in
---- - - - -- ---1
APt/programmable controller 1
output
low level
CN2
- __..
CN - =:
g ;;
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
comrron
17
..
IBN
11
B4 1
14
..
off
1 51 I
16
15
13
on
B2q
A2 1
12
: output
I low level
:
1
I
CN2
-'-'-'-'-"-..o-- -O
---..
o-9="---"-!..
CN - ::
CN 1
CN
+ ::
common
reset
13
on
o--6
..
9.-::"'---"--off
__..
11
0
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -'
OF
------ -------,
CN1
CN
9
I
- - --..
+ ::
E3
CN2 CN + ::
CN2
CN 1
CN -
24160 V ::
1 001240 V 50.60 Hz
I T25o T 1 25 t l 9""'1.----[31---+-"""'c
12
10
comrron
on
off
17
..
15
with SDE
-
13
..
16
A4 1
A1
I
I
I
I
CN + ::
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
SOE = contact tor electrical tault indication
11
IBN
OF
-'i
.E
9,..._.:=.:._-7
9,_o:..:n'-----Joao6
CN1 CN + ::
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
IBN
OF
. r-:--::-::J
r---------,
151 I
motor mechanism I
9
B2Q
B4
14
0
1
A2
12
..
--- - - - - - - - - - -1
1
CN2 - -- ,_c:::o:.::m.::_mo=n7 o
1
CN 1 reset
15
: output
... '0
: low level
: API/programmable controller
ww
lec
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - -1
1
I
24/60 V =:
1 00/240 V 50.60 Hz
,. - - - - - - - - - ,
I motor mechanism 1
I
o------ 0
tri
:
I
--
version ( continuous signal )
I APt/programmable controller 1
I
I
CN2 1
---.. O
I
CN - ::
t
1 output
n
I low level
T
I
I
I
I
_j
--
.______.
without SDE
-
151
IBN
X
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
17
15
At
ar
-------------1
1
AP !/programmable controller
I T 1 0 1 T 1 25 1 1 ?
I
ca
lP
I
I
N1
CN -
with SDE
-
motor mechanism 1
A4 1
10
r---'1
,. - - - - - - - - - ,
an
- -
tM
X version ( impulse signal)

without SDE
ua
ls
Low level interfaces enable Compact

adaptable motor mechanisms to be
operated by a programmable controller.
They come in two versions, depending on
the type of the signal delivered by the
controller X: version (impulse signal) and
OF version (continuous signal).
I
0
I
A4
10
151
I
I
I T101 T125tl ?
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
At
I
I
I
I
motor mechanism
--
24/60 V ::
100/240 V 50.60 Hz
E3
CN2
CN1
CN + ::
_j
r---------1
N1
CN -
1
I
:
1
CN -
24/60 v ::
100/240 V 50.60 Hz
I T250- T t 25t l ? ...,.t----+[3

---+--c
c
-1_
2 __
A1
CN2 __ 0
1 1
I
CN + ::
o11
I
I
o>--""----
...o
10
A4
I
I
--
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
_I
'---...J
SOE = contact tor electrical tault indication
characteristics
remote contro l selectio n
.c
om
wiring d iagrams of
Compact TC40 to C161 N/H/L
C o m pact TC40 N / L
:-------------- ---1
.
I.
I.
Pt E -
4.13
1
.
S!SD-
control by relay
_I
rr-- ----,i
I\
4.14
4.22
for C o mpact C 1 01 N / H / L to
C 1 61 N /H / L
rr-
Ir----------------1
adaptable motor mechanism
J
I' _lLM1 _F
_ A2 A4 82 84 151 152
ca
lP
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: .!!
;;;- gQ) e- Q)"0
.....
r rw
tri
>. Q.
--o--
lec
...
Ol
A10 A20 A40
an
. Aw-rio-- Mo
. -- - - - - - -
tM
I.
I,
I
r------------------,
ua
ls
remote control
Compact TC40
'
ar
I.
.I
.I
1
the connection terminal 8 4 must always

be connected (self feeding purpose).
motor mechanisms must not be
connected in parallel.
for DC applications, polarities must be
respected.
closing operation, security:
in case of power failure during the closing
operation, it is necessary to re-confirm the
closing order to achieve the closing
operation.
a tripping order given by undervoltage or
shunt trip release on a C 1 0 1 N/H/L in the
OFF position imposes the following
sequence to close the circuit breaker:
CB status :
orders :
OFF/tripped
o closing order
OFF/resetted
o reset order
o closing order
ON
for Compact C1 61 N / H / l
disconnectable plug supplied with TS 161
TS type adaptable motor mechanism
.E
1 L1 *A1 _____ A2 A4 82 84 151 152

,
I
I.
-, ---------------------------t\
1
--o-.J
PM
;, .!!
ww
g e. u
rn g_
1 ftJJ'
P1
PO
PR
ON push button
OFF push button
reset push button
SD
SDE
LD
alarm switch (any fault)

alarm switch (ele ctrical fault)
alarm
AT
MN
n-=
emergency off
..,, ,..,;!;... .
- '- - -
.c
om
for Compact C250N / H / L to

C630N / H / L ST
connection
C250N/H/L
1 block of 6 terminals ( back view)
T type adaptable motor mechanism
ua
ls
an
C401 / C630N/H/L and C400/C630N/H/L ST

1 block of 6 terminals ( back view).
r - - - - - - -, r - - - ,
I
I
1 1
I
1
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _j L _ _ _ .J
tM
ca
lP
ar
- -
---------
C401 /C630N/H/L and C400/C630N/H/L ST

1 block of 6 terminals (back view).
r' ,
MOTOREcHAtll
\it========;;;===
-
I
I
I
:
1
I
)
I
I
I
1 electrical fault
I
I 154
I-
ww
------------TJ
-------------- -rlSDE
-------------
1 open
12 14 22 24 1 32 34 192 94
104
Un.n:t"-n.=-t=-
_ _L _ - - -
SO
OFJ-
I -
- - - -\
l- - - --- - -- a;----A"1--- - +-=!6;;--- 1- --:_Y-_

B1
...L'
.,...
A1
-?;;-
2,--'?3 - ?o1
I
I
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - *- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
r - - - .,
I
1
I
I
I
1
L - - - ...1
I I I I I I
tri
CONfl:l()l,. UNIT
C250N/H/L
1 block of 6 terminals (back view)
r--------,
I
1
l
I
I
1
L--------1
ON> CN
switch control
ST
.E
lec
tor Compact C801 N / H / L

to C 1 251 N / H ST
closing and opening orders are impulse'

orders; if they are permanent orders
(external relay, selector switch), terminal
MUST NOT BE CONNECTED
C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST
l._
-- 1A2M!S1!l41
_______
j lf If
r - - - - - - ..., r - - - ,
1
1
1 1
I
L
_j L _ _ _ J
1:
I I t
84
ua
ls
.c
om
characteristics
an
C250N/H/L to C 1 25 1 N / H ST
i nsta l l ation
variatio n s
The Compact breakers which equip the

automatic source changeover can receive
the same auxiliaries as basic Compact.
It is possible to achieve the following
functions :
switch b y substitution of the trip unit by
Nl switch module, or by the switch
accessories ;
protection of persons by adding a Vigi
module ;
visible break by adding a Visu module
on the left side breaker (Normal N ) ;
special protections such as selective
protection, protection with low magnetic
threshold, etc . , achieved by another trip
unit adapted to the protection searched for.
The following table gives the possible
variations for each type of automatic
source changeover.
These addings can be combined or
concern only one of the two breakers.
R replacement
supply
supply
ar
1-----------v---------J
l load
ca
The automatic source changeover is

particularly well adapted to industrial or
tertiary installations inclusing :
either a permanent standby supply
(the mains supply, a generator set with
built-in in start-up relay) ;
or and emergency set in " off" position
carrying out starting and stopping orders
given by the automatic source changeover.
lP
N normal
tM
use
The automatic source changeover
achieves automatically the switching of a
circuit supply from a Normal supply N to
a Replacement supply R and vice versa.
accessories
ww
.E
lec
tri
In addition to the necessary accessories

for automatic operatings, the breakers
which equip the C 1 0 1 to C 1 25 1 automatic
source changeover can receive the usual
Compact accessories.
Note
For C101 to C1251 source changeover,
the possible adding of auxiliary contacts
must always take into account that one
OF switch is systematically used to
operate the changeover.

delivered fitted, wired, set and ready to
be connected.
The automatism plate normally fitted to the
base plate is removable and can be
separated for a possible remoteness (the
cable of auxiliary connections is one
meter long).
The auxiliaries supply comes from the
networks to be checked.
The automatic source changeover can be
mounte d :
either horizontally;
vertically;
on horizontal or vertical rails.
Indications for fitting and operating as well
as the diagram appear on the leaflet
supplied with the breaker.
o perating
The automatism plate including contactors

has the following functions:
to switch the circuits supply from
Normal to Replacement supply in case of
failure of voltage N ;
to switch back this supply when voltage
N returns ;
to select the operating mode b y means
of a 4 positions preselection switch
o automatic,
o stop ( breakers on "OFF" position),
o controlled operating on Normal supply,
o controlled operating on Replacement
supply.
According to the type of changeover
selected the automatism can be equipped
with time delay, or starting/stop orders
sending or load shedding/restoring
devices.
I C101 to C161 N/H/L C250 to C630N/H/L
other
possibilities
versions
fixed
plug-in
visible break
(1 )
(2)(6)
C400 to C630
.. ( 1 )
(2)
removable
..
C250(5] : 2 OF or OF + SO
C400/C401 /C630(5] :
OF + SO or 3 OF + SO
tM
AC 50-60 Hz
AC S0-60 Hz
time of switching
number of reverse
01Jrations
(see page 52]
use with
supply R
permanent
non permanent
220, 240, 380, 415
l AC
250 VA
250 VA
65 VA
4 sl41171
1 0000
__, R
normal voltage loss
t ""
f_.
a"-'
n""
n""
g'----e""
to""r__,s,
in,
ru,_n"'
e_,_
re,_,
er"'
es
u""
g
,_,
=-c
g.,
tc..;o
,_,
starting
accurate voltage of the generator set
load shedding order
o enin of TN
closing of TR
reversin R __, N
normal voltage return
transfer order
o enin of TR
load restoration order
closing of TN
(1)
(2)
C801/C1001/C125 1 (5]
OF + SO or 3 OF + SO
II
415
220 240 380 4 1 5
3 4
220, 240, 380, 415
220, 240, 380, 4 1 5
AC
700 VA
700 VA
65 VA
4 sl4)(71
1 0000
AC
1 000 VA
1 000 VA
65 VA
4 si4H71
10000
t1me delayed by T1 0.1 to 30 s

only with standby generator set
tri
reversing N
ar
N or R voltage
AC 50-60 Hz
opening
closing
permanently
415
220 240 380 4 1 5
3 4
415
220 240 380 4 1 5
3 4
ca
lP
maximum
consumption
characteristics
rated voltage Un (V)
operating voltage131 (V)
number o f poles
supply of the
automatism and the
motor mechanisms (V]
2 OF or OF + SO
auxiliary contacts
operating
..
II
auxiliaries
automatism olate
selector switch
Nl block
Vigi module REH
Vigi module REM
Vigirex + CT
Visu module
switch
personal
protection
2 C801 or 2 C1001 or 2 C1251N/H/L

C1001 + C801
C1 251 + C801 C1001
FC
RC
..
variations
Compact
C801 to C1251 N/H/L ST
2 C250 or 2 C400 or 2 C630N/H/L

C400 or C401 + C250
C630 + C250 C400 or C401
RC
FC
2 C101 or C161N/H/L
C101 + C161
C101 + C101
RC
FC
standard
composition
Compact
Compact
ua
ls
type
an
.c
om
characteristics
operation
after 3 s (T3 adjustable up to 30 s)

time delayed by T2 10 to 1 80 s
after 3 s (T4 adjustable up to 30 s]
ww
.E
lec
after time delay T1 ( + starting time of generator set if necessary)
(1)
Add an undervoltl ge !:':ase, or a shunt trip.

l_ .
-- -- -t 1 Q
characteristics
automatic source
changeover selecti o n
C 1 01 t o C1 251 / N / H /L
.c
om
sequence of operations
C101 to C1251 N/H/L
with Merli n Gerin
automatism
ua
ls
power source changeover equipment with standby

generating set
return to "NORMAL"
operation
transfer t o "STANDBY"
duration < T2
time delayable T2 :
10 to 1 80s
an
duration <: T2
,. -
- - - -
- - -
- ,
TN : closed
TR : opened
"NORMAL" operation
1
1
1
1
_J
i : %
"STANDBY" operation
TR : "STANDBY" circuit breaker
- - - - -
after time delay T4

time delayable T4 :
1 to 30s
l_!_; s-
,
1
1
1
_____J
i :
TN : closed
TR : opened
"'NORMAL'' operalion
"STANDBY" operation
Un : nominal voltage
tri
TN : "NORMAL" circuit breaker
r- - - - - -
ca
TN : opened
TR : opened
lP
1 after time delay T3

1 time delayable T3 :
t 1 to 30s
1 _s_o:t_;_
_ ____
ar
tM
duration < T1
time delayable T1 :
0. 1 to 30s
.E
lec
power source changeover equipment with permanent

standby generating set
return to "NO RMAL"

operation
duration < T1
time delayable T1 :
0.1 to 30s
duration < T2
time delayable T2 :
10 to 1 80s
- - - - -
ww
TN : opened
TR nn.onrw-4
transfer to "STANDBY"
- - -
after time delay T3

1 time delayable T3 :
1 1 to 30s
l_s ..:_
-
____
t
1
1
_J
r-----
1
1
1
1
Illl : closed
T'-1 . - - - -'
-----
after time delay T4

time delayable T4 :
t to 30s
set : 3s
,
1
_____1_____J
1
--;-(1-r-\,.:..-- { - ..1..__ 1
with 2 C o mpact C 1 01 to C 1 61 N / H / l
standby
:I
1
1
pnnciple ol the automat,sm
!to a..tom.tism...
I ===:...J
-===
- - - - - - - - - -
....
:t::::::::::::::
: :::::::::::::::_ :t=r
I0I
I
I
- - -
(1),
I 2 I 3-,
(t)'
__
-- - -- - -- -
! !_oRMurce ( 1 L
- -- - -- - -- - s1er ord_!!:!'!:' Powe!_ j 1)
-
MG
code
BS
TN
BS
BS
TR
BS
IEC
MG
intermediate terminal block
.J
e------
R-fE
ar
tM
an
ca
lP
lr
IEC
code
ua
ls
normal
.c
om
wiring diagram
(transfer switch without
Merlin Gerin automatism)
with 2 C o m p act C250 to C1 251 N / H / l

standby
tri
normal
- - - - - - - -
---
..1
lec
to automatism
r !_oR_!>Aurce (1 L
- -- - -- - -- s1er ord_!!S:!'!:"e!. J1 )
- --
--
- --
__
.E
intermediate terminal block
- -- - -- - -- - -
BS
.. NORMAL
controlled
circuit breaker- remote
TN
BS
BS
TR
BS
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
ww
code code
,,-
..sTANDBY remote
controlled
circuit breaker
-
-- -
At
--
--
--
-- -
--
auxiliary switches
voltage releases
auxiliaries contacts
contact
SO contact
for fault indication
OF contact double-throw switch used for

a signal or a control linked with the "OFF"
or "ON" position of the circuit breaker
(signalling, electrical locking, relaying,
etc . ) .
SD contact double-throw switch used for
indication when the breaker opens on, any
fault. The SO contact operates on :
overcurrent or insulation fault (Vigi
module) trip.
opening by action of the voltage
release (MX or M N ) .
ar
tM
opening and closing
Normally closed contact, used for an

indication when the breaker opens on an
electrical fault.
The SDE contact only operates for an
overcurrent or insulation fault (Vigi
module) trip. It reverts to its rest position
when the circuit breaker is reset.
Generally associated with T and TS type
remote control units, it enables remote
SDE contact
ca
lP
for electrical fault indication
Double-throw switch used for a function

linked with the "open" or "closed"
position of the rotary operating handle or
of the Visu module of the Compact C 1 01
to C 1 25 1 N/H/L.
Depending on the way it is fitted, the
CAM contact operates with early make or
early break.
CAM contact
lec
tri
with early break
This contact reverts to its rest position

when the circuit breaker is reset.
an
OF
Tropicalisation
All the auxiliaries are tropicalised all
climates and comply with treatment 2 of
the standard NF C 63-100.
ua
ls
A range of auxiliary contacts shunt trips

and undervoltage releases equips all the
Compact circuit breakers and their
derived products.
These auxiliaries are fitted inside the
circuit breaker without any difficulty.
Regarding particularly the Compact
C1 00E to C600E and C 1 01 N/H/L to
C 1 25 1 N/H ST, these auxiliaries are fixed
by a simple ratching without any risk of
contact with the live parts.
.c
om
characteristics
electrical auxi l iaries
Characteristics
for Compact
rated current
breaking AC
capacity
j C161 to
220 v
380 v
24 V
48 V
110V
220 V
DC
i
1
C101
I C1251 N/H/L I
r 2 A
2A
1 .5 A
I5A
1
: 1 .4 A
I 0.5 A
2.8 A
2A
1 1 A
1 .5 A
I 0.3 A
0.7 A
i 0. 1 A
resetting to be performed after opening by

action of the voltage release (MX or M N ) .
Characteristics
for Compact
rated current
breaking AC
capacity
380 V
DC 24 V
220 V
j C250 to C1251 N/H/L
Characteristics
for Compact
rated current
breaking AC 220 V
capacity
380 v
D C 24 V
48 V
1 10 V
220 V
I C101 to C1251 N/H/L
j 1 .4 A
\2A
I
0. 1 5 A
i2A
IsA
! 2.8 A
I 1 .4 A
1 1 A
: 0.3 A
! 0.1 A
voltage releases
.E
MX shunt trip release

MN undervoltage release
ww
C101
C161 to C1251
The voltage releases are used for remote

tripping of the circuit breaker:
with MX release, by shunt trip in the
control circuit (push-button, relay, etc.) ;
with M N release, when the control
circuit supply voltage is absent or
drops below a minimum threshold (voltage
failure, remote opening by push-button,
relay, etc).
Tripping by action of MX or MN release
always requires resetting of the circuit
breaker.
The MX release is equipped with a self
breaking contact which cuts its control
circuit as soon as the circuit breaker is tripped.
For a supply voltage Un, this release
operates for a voltage from 70 % to 1 1 0 %
of Un.
Operation of the MN release complies with
the requirements of the standard IEC 947-2.
For a supply voltage U n :
opening of the circuit breaker takes place
for a voltage lower than or equal to 70 % of
Un (co mni JIn nt f"\nn .-.;
..... ....
--
..... "'
...
closing of the circuit breaker becomes

possible for a voltage equal to or greater
than 85 % of Un. For a voltage lower than
or equal to 35 % of Un, closing is
prevented.
Characteristics
for Compact
power
supply = Un
C101
' C161 to
I C1251
AC 50 Hz see part number
AC 60 Hz \ page 65
'
DC
I
!
opening
I .;;; 50
time (ms)
MN
seal-in
AC (VA)
1 10
consumption DC (W)
r6
opening
instant. MN
50
tim'> l m c \

I .;;
.;; 50
8
5
.;;; 50
characteristics
auxi l iary
.c
om
connectio n of auxi l i a ry
auxi liary equipm ent
possibilities
connection of auxi l i a ry
Plug-in Compact
Plug-in FC or R C
Compact C101 to C1 251 N/H/L
ua
ls
The auxiliary connections are output from

the circuit breaker via 6-terminal or
3-terminal plug-in blocks depending on
the auxiliary to be connected.
These blocks have numbered terminals
and comprise :
a moving part, fixed onto the circuit
breaker, and receiving the internal
connections. These connections are
identified by coloured wires;
a fixed part, mounted on the plug-in
base of the circuit breaker.
This fixed part, which makes up the
terminal block, directly receives the
external connections (6.35 m m clips).
<=
an
Auxiliary wire block

(fixed part and moving part)
Fixed Co pact
Fixed RC
tM
It i s the moving part of the plug-in block,

fixed onto the circuit breaker, which is
used as the terminal block for direct
connection of the external connections
(6.35 m m clips).
ar
Auxiliary wire block for

fixed RC Compact
Fixed FC
tri
ca
lP
The external connections are connected

directly to the auxiliary via the front panel,
through a hole made after removing the
pre-cut part of the cover. Each terminal is
marked with a numbe r (see diagram).
lec
aux i l i a ry equ i p ment possi b i lities

The table hereunder indicate s :
the type a n d quantity o f auxiliaries
which can be fitted at the same time on
each Compact,
the type and quantity of plug-in blocks

to be provided (for plug-in Compacts ) .
T h e s i g n + indicates t h e auxiliaries
which can be fitted together on the same
unit.
.E
Peak possibilities
type of
Compact
C100E
C225E
C400E,
C600E
C101N/H/L,
C161N/H/L
auxiliary contacts
so
OF
or
or
or
1
1
+
+
C401 N/H/L
C400N/H/L ST,
C630N/H/L
C630N/H/L ST,
or
3
C801 N/H/L ST 121 ,
C1001N/H/L ST 121
,
+
+
ww
or
1 (11
1 (1 1
1(11
1 (1 1
voltage releases
MN
+ MX
+ 1
auxil. wire block

without
(fixed breaker)
without
(without breaker)
or
or
without
(without breaker)
OIIIDJ
+ 1
or
[ill]
OIIIDJ
+ 1
or
[ill]
+ 1
or
[ill]
1 x 6 terminals
trip unit
+ options
without
(fixed breaker)
C250N/H/L
SDE auxil. wire block

without
(fixed breaker
without
(fixed breaker I
1 x 6 terminals
1 x 3 terminals
OIIIDJ
1 x 6 terminals
OIIIDJ OIIIDJ
-
.....
-'- -- : ... 1 ,.,
ITiillJJii]
1
10
terminals
1 x 3 terminals
1 x 3 terminals
motor mechanism
T
TS
auxil. wire block
+ 1 or 1 131
1 or 1
1 or 1
OIIIDJ
1 x 6 terminals
OIIIDJ
1 x 6 terminals
characteristics
auxi l i a ry
.c
om
wiring d iagrams
wiring diagrams
Compact C101 to C250N/HL
1 OF contacts + 1 contact SO
1 block of 6 terminals

r--------,
an
-r-,
I
I
I
I
I
I
L - - - .J
I
I
I
I
I
I
L---- ----1
,.- - - - -,
I
I
I
I
I
I
L _ _ _ .J
tM
I
I
I
L- - -
1 MX or MN voltage release
ua
ls
2 O F contacts
Compact C401 and C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST

3 OF contacts + 1 contact SO
ca
lP
ar
1 OF contact + 1 SO contact
r - - - - - - - -,
:: =:
;:::
r---,
I
I
I
I
I
tri
I
L _ _ _ ..J
I
I
I
I
I
I
L - - - - - - - -'
Compact C801 to C1 251 N/H ST
3 OF contacts + 1 SO contact
.E
lec
1 OF contact + 1 SO contact
r - - - - - - - -, r - - - - - - - -,
I
I
I
I
I
I
L - - - - - - - ....1
r.-;-r-,--,-,-;:-, 1
ww
I
I
I
I
I
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...J

r
-,
1
1
I
I
I
I
L - - - - - --
-r
r
r
1
I
I
I
I
L -------
-------1
j rn
r'l fj', ', ',

l_
_______
:, ' '
I_
--
0 "3:
'( '( '(

C1 C2
- --
'
. . .
, ''
,
'( '( '(

01 04
rotary handle
d irect rotary handle
Dimensions: page 1 1 9
The direct rotary handle is available for all
the Compact circuit breakers. It mainly
consists of:
an adaptation frame fitted on the
Compact,
a toggle always lockable by 3 padlocks
(not supplied),
a driving system, which links this
toggle with the adaptation frame.
This handle can be transformed into an
extended rotary handle by means of a set
of accessories, supplied on option. The
positive break indication is kept with the
direct rotary handle.
Degree of protection: IP 40.
Direct rotary handle MCC type
The direct rotary handle MCC type is

designed for Compact C 1 0 1 to C250N/H/L
used in Motor Control Centers. It comes
as a single part whose toggle is always
lockable by 3 padlocks (not supplied).
This handle cannot be fitted with any
other accessory.
The positive break indication is kept with
the MCC type direct rotary handle.
Degree of protection: I P 40.
The direct rotary handle is fitted in place

of the cover.
It can be optionally fitted with:
a red toggle with a yellow escutcheon
to comply with the VDE standard ;
a key lock (see " locking devices" ) ;
a CAM contact with early break or
make depending on fitting (see page 54).
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
Direct rotary handle
.c
om
characteri sti cs
accessories

With door locking
lec
tri
ca
lP
The extended rotary handle is made up of

a direct rotary handle (see above),
completed by:
an extension frame for fitting the
toggle,
an extension shaft which exists in 2
models: short or long.
the extended rotary handle.
Degree of protection : IP 55.
.E
Without door locking
ww
Shaft bracket
The extended rotary handle without door

locking equips the Compact C 1 0 1 to
C1 251 N/H/L.
It comprises the same component parts
as the rotary handle with door locking
except for the following points :
the extension frame is replaced by an
escutcheon to support the toggle,
the extension shaft only exists in the
short model.
the extended rotary handle.
Degree of protection: IP 55.
This rotary handle can be optionally fitted
with a key lock (see " locking devices" ) .
Designed for the rotary handle with
extended shaft, this shaft bracket enables
to eliminate the play of the shaft and to
facilitate the operating of several rotary
handles on the same door (systematically
supplied for a long shaft ) .
The rotary handle and its extension
frame can be fitted :
either in front of the door,
or behind the door.
In both cases, a locking device allows the
door to be opened only when the circuit
breaker is in the "OFF" position.
This rotary handle can be optionally fitted
with the same accessories as the direct
rotary handle.
characteri stics
accessories
.c
om
locking and i nterlocking

devices
l o c k i n g d evices
ua
ls
For the Compact C101 to C1251N/H/L,

there is a removable device for 3 padlocks
(not supplied) , which can be easily fitted
when the operation takes place to lock
the toggle in the "OFF" position.
Removable locking devices
Compact C101 to C1251N/H/L with

toggle padlocking device
For Compact C101 to C1251 N/H/L

The safety locking devices require a rotary
handle to be fitted in addition on the
circuit breaker.
To lock the unit in the "OFF" position, this
handle comprises :
a padlocking device for 3 padlocks (not
supplied), which is systematically
incorporated in the toggle,
a pre-drilled location, designed to
accommodate 1 key lock supplied on
option ( ! > , whose key is captive when the
unit is in the " O N " position
tM
an
Locking by padlock and key lock
ar
Locking tor Compact

C101 to C1251 N/H/L
i nterlocking d evices
Mechanical interlock
(1) Key locking cannot be fitted on the source

changeovers.
tri
This interlocking is easily achieved by

equipping each of the 2 Compact, either
fixed or plug-in, with a standard key lock
system, combining 2 key locks and a
single key.
This solution enables 2 geographically
distant units to be interlocked.
lec
Interlocking by key locks
ca
lP
The mechanical interlock is achieved by a

mechanism which combines 2 rotary
handles to constitute a manual source
changeover.
This device forbids the simultaneous
closing of the 2 breakers but allows the
opening.
The Compact C 1 0 1 to C 1 251 N/H/L are
fixed normally on a panel or rails.
ww
.E
chassis locking d evices (withdrawable versions)

For withdrawable C161 to C1251N/H/L
(standard chassis)
fixed chassis can receive two kinds of
locking devices, with supplied Ronis or
Profalux locks (1 key) :
o locking in draw-out position
o locking in draw-in and out positions.
on standard version the chassis can be
locked in draw-out position by 3 padlocks
(not supplied)
For withdrawable C801 to C1251N/H ST
(with universal chassis)
disconnected and connected position
locking:
mounted on the frame and accessible with
the cubicle door locked, the device for
1 or 2 Ronis or Profalux locks (not
supplied) allows to lock the chassis :
either i n draw-out position only, o r i n
..... .....O. A O : -
- - _j
_f
2 keylocks, one for locking of the

chassis on either position (see above) ,
the other one t o prevent locking o f the
chassis.
Door interlock
Optional: Mounted on the frame, this lock
prevents the cubicle door from being
opened when the breaker is in the
"connected" position. If the breaker is put
into the "connected" position with the
door open, the door can be closed
without disconnecting the breaker.
Racking i nterlock
Optional: This lock prevents insertion of
the breaker racking handle when the
cubicle door is open. It can be defeated
by pressing on the unlocking mechanism.
The sealing accessories are fitted in the

holes provided on the front of the circuit
breaker. They are ready to receive the
steel wire and lead lock-pin (supplied with
the set ) .
The label holder comprises a transparent
cover in which a label is fitted marking the
protected outgoer.
It is fixed by means of self-tapping
screws, in 2 holes provided for this
purpose on the front of the Compact.
Locator for Compact type
This locator is designed to avoi d the

plugging-in of a Compact N or H type in
place of a Compact L type.
This locator is fitted on the base of
Compact C 1 6 1 to C630L.
Terminal shields
These terminal shields are insulating,

sealable accessories used to prevent
direct contacts with live parts.
The terminal shields are compulsory:
in plug-in version (short terminal
shields always supplied with the breaker) .
for voltages ;?> 500 V (short or long
terminal shields to be ordered separately).
According to the type of connection, the
Compact can receive :
either short terminal shields for fixed
rear connection and plug-in version,
or long terminal shields for fixed front
connection version.
Long terminal shields
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
Label holder
Short terminal shields
The spacing support enable s :

either t o align t h e front face o f fixed
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L with the other
Compact.
A long rear connection has to be used for
a fixed RC C 1 01 N/H/L when using the
spacing support ref. 3999 1 .
either t o replace a fixed FC C 1 25N/H/L
by a C101 N/H/L.
Spacing support
lec
tri
d o o r frames and cut-out g ro m m ets

Fixed versions
Door cut-out grommet
.E
The grommet is a moulded part which is

fitted on the door by simple riveting. It
enables a door cut roughly without special
finishing to be used.
It is available for C1 00E to C600E and
C 1 0 1 to C1 251 N / H /L
Before f:tt:ng the After fitt:ng the

After fitting the
grommet for fixed grommet for pluggrommet
circuit breaker
in circuit breaker
ww
Tight bellows
By means of these accessorie s :

t h e c i rcuit breaker cover can be sealed,
access to the trip release unit settings
can be prevented.
Nota: the terminal shields are always
supplied with their sealing accessories.
ua
ls
Sealing accessories
.c
om
i nstallation accessories
The bellows ensures the tightness of the

toggle (IP 43) when operation is
performed via a door or an escutcheon.
It is fitted on the front of the Compact
C225 to C600E and C 1 0 1 to C630N/H/L
with direct handle.
Fitting possibilities
Compact
terminal : shields ' exten: sian
type
' short
' long
C101 N/H/L fixed
, -. =c--; ---
"''-': FC
=---:.
...=c 161 N/H
fixe d R c
to C 1 251N/H
plug-in
C400L
FC/RC
to C100 1 L
fixed FC
C161 L,
,.
C250L
fixed RC
plug-in
FC/RC
withdrawa b l e versions C1 61 N / H / L t o C 1 251 N / H S T ( standard chassis)

For C 1 6 1 to C630N/H/L the escutcheon
ensures the tightness of the handle
(IP 40) when the control is achieved
through a door in connected/disconnected
position. It is mounted on the door.
Door frames
For C801 N/H/L ST to C 125 1 NIH ST, front

door can be fitted to reach IP 40:
a standard door cut-out grommet
or a door frame with a porthole to show
the trip unit setting and signalisation, and
a door cut-out grommet (2 versions :
direct toggle and rotary handle) .
tM
an
ua
ls
Watertight escutcheon
.c
om
characteristics
i nstallation
ar
withd rawa b l e vers i o n s w i t h u n i versal c h a s s i s ( C801 N/H/L ST to C1 25 1 N/H ST)

The IP 40 fitting is :
a door frame for chassis (lower part of
the breaker),
and a door frame with a porthole to
show the trip unit setting and
signalisation, and a door cut-out grommet
(2 versions : direct toggle and rotary
handle).
Door frames
tri
ca
lP
accessories fo r withd rawab l e C1 61 N / H / L to C1 251 N / H ST
.E
lec
Connected/ disconnected
position carriage switches
ww
Connection set of auxiliaries
For C 1 6 1 to C1 25 1 N/H/L, micro-switches

are available for the fixed chassis of the
drawout circuit breaker, indicating
connected or disconnected position.
The connection set allows to check the

auxiliaries circuits when the breaker is in
the disconnected position.
It is possible to fit 1 or 2 connection sets
(6 pins).
The disconnected position is indicated

only when the minimum isolating distance
between fixed and moving disconnecting
contacts has been reached.
Contacts characteristics :
breaking capacity
5 A/250 V AC, 2 A/24 V DC,
0.15 A/220 V DC
Compact C101 to C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST

plug-in
fixed RC
fixed FC
direct connection
.c
om
connection :
Compact C1 OOE to C600E
Compact C1 01 to C630N/H/L
Compact C400 and
C630N/H/L ST
FC ( 2 1
ua
ls
By bars, or cables with crimped lugs
plug-in RC ( 21
connection with accessories
tM
an
possible dimensions of bars or crimped cable-lugs (mm)

C1 00E
C161 N/H/L C225E
C250N/H/L C400/C600E
C 1 0 1 N/H/L
C401 /C630N/H/L
C400/C630N/H/ LST
25
16
30
25
L
40( 1 )
bars
d
8
11
15
20
11
6
6.5
10
12
8
0
25
16
40
30
crimped
L
25
lugs
6
8
12(1)
6.5
10
0
plug-in FC
fixed FC
plug-in RC
ca
lP
ar
with connectors for bare cables
possible dimensions of cable cross-section (mm2)

C 1 6 1 N/H/L C225E
C1 00E
connector
C 1 01 N/H/L
single
tri
double
.E
lec
Angle terminals
spreader
ww
for C401 and C630N/HL

for C400 and C630N/H/L ST
fixed FC
by bars,
or crimped lugs
C250N/H/L
C400/C600E
C401/C630N/H/L
C400/C630N/H/LST
2.5 to 1 6
1 .5 to 70
built-in
16 to 95
2.5 to 95 1 6 to 1 85
50 to 1 50
70 to 3000
2 cables
70 to 240
with connectors
for bare cables
The spreader, intended for the C401 and

C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST,
enables the pole distance to be increased
for easier connections.
It allows a width of 60 m m busbars and
crimped cable-lugs (compared with a
width of 40 mm for direct connection) .
The spreader takes the same accessories
as the direct connection.
Compact C801 to C1 251 N/H
ST
0 11
2sk
50 1 25
_0_-41-
direct connection
fixed RC
fixed FC
.c
om
connection :
Compact C801 to
C1 251 N/H ST
characteristics
i nsta l latio n
C o mpact
12.5
w.
12 5
'
_+
1---1"'*' ::::: so
.
plug-in RC
an
! 1
ua
ls
By flat or edgewise bars
0- ! l-
fixed Fe
tM
connection with accessories
-.
0>8
_t
"
"'
38
-+
fixed FC
With complementary terminal pads

for cables with crimped lugs
ca
lP
"
ar
With connectors for bare cables
ww
.E
lec
tri
plug-in RC
fixed RC
.c
om
safety perimeters
uo
minimum distance between

2 breakers side by side A

2 breakers and front door B
ua
ls
10
(1)
(2)
- r-- - - - - - -
side plate
02
an
01
""'
---
uo
0'2
o 1 L
-----
( 1 ) blank metal plate

(2) painted metal or insulated
plate, insulated bar
tM
- (2)
circuit breaker
TC40
C101
ca
Distance 01 and 0'1 are obtained from

tests defined in IEC 947.2.
They are related to the ultimate breaking
capacities for voltages from 220 to 660 V.
(Note : for voltages > 480 V terminal
shields are compulsory).
They start from the frame of the breaker.
lP
ar
(1)

2 breakers and blank side plate C
(C
0 for insulated or painted side plate)
C161
ww
.E
lec
tri
C250
C400
C401
C630
C801
C1001
C1251
CM1250
to
CM3200
N
L
N/H
L
N/H
L
N/H
L
N/H
L
01 m m
20
20
20
20
40
50
30
30
1 30( 1 )
1 30
02 mm
20
20
20
20
40
50
30
30
1 00( 1 )
1 00
0'1 m m
20
20
20
40
20
50
30
60
60
1 30
0'2 mm
20
20
20
40
20
50
30
60
60
1 00
C mm
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
N/H
L
1 30
1 30
1 00
1 00
70
1 30
70
1 00
10
10
N/H
1 00
1 00
1 00
1 00
20
(1) For the NIH versions where phase separators are compulsory distances start from the frame of the breaker.
ww
.E
tri
lec
an
tM
ar
ca
lP
ua
ls
.c
om
.c
om
Compact
1 1 to 1 250 A
3 part n u m bers
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
page
Compact mccb's a n d models,
auxiliaries and accessories
66
Compact C100E to C600E
66
Compact C1 OONF
68
Compact TC40N/L
70
Compact C101 N/H/L
Compact C161 N/H/L
74
Compact C250N/H/L
78
82
Compact C401 N/H/L
84
Compact C400N/H/L ST
86
Visucompact C400N
Visucompact C401 N ST
88
Compact C630N/H/L
90
92
Visucompact C630N
Visucompact C630N ST
Compact C801 N/H/L ST
94
Compact C1 001 N/H/L ST
95
Compact C 1 251 N/H ST
96
ST trip units for
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST 96
Visucompact C80 1 N ST to C1251 N ST 100
automatic and manual
101
source changeover
... consisting of:
com lete breaker...
100
rating
3P
125
43460
43461
43462
43463
43464
20
30
40
50
60
80
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
Compact C400E
fixed
FC
--
150
175
200
225
125
150
175
to
225
rating
3P
250
44490
44491
44492
44493
3t
300
350
400
250
fixed
FC
400
500
600
500
600
lec
tri
fixed
RC
rating
fixed
FC
.E
C225E fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear
connections
per pole 41 190
+ 1 set of rear connections
per pole 43472
C400E fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear
connections
per pole 44800
C600E fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear
connections
per pole 44800
C225E fixed FC
3P
3t
45450
45451
15
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
... consisting of:
com lete breaker...
Compact C1 00NF
ww
to
rating
Compact C600E
lP
fixed
RC
3t
ar
Compact C225E
ua
ls
:.J1
3t
40101
40102
40103
40104
40105
40106
40107
40108
ca
15
an
\I
': ;
"
fixed
FC
3P
tM
Compact C1 OOE
rating
.c
om
Compact mccb's C1 OOE to

C600E, C1 00NF
p a rt n u m bers
C1 00E to C600E
C1 00N F
1P
1t
40010
40011
40012
40013
40014
40015
40016
40017
C100E
auxiliry double-throw switches
1 OF
2 OF
1 so
1 OF + 1 SO
3 OF + 1 SO
voltage release (for remote trippinQ)
MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC(1 l (V}
24
48/60
1 1 0/ 1 30
220/240
220/300
380/415
380/480
MN (undervoltage release)
AC 50 Hz (V ) I 2 l
rJ
42901
(2)
(2)
40047
40048
40049
40050
accessories
circuit label holder

pack of 1 0
cutout grommet
for door
long term. shields ( 1 set}
phase separators
ratinQ 1 25
rating 175
42920
42921
42922
42927
42931
42928
42933
42923
42924
42925
42926
44925
44926
44932
44925
44926
44649
44923
44924
44925
44926
42976
42976
42976
42977
44938
for toggle (IP43)
sealable terminal shields

short term. shields ( 1 set)
....
44914
44936
42977
.E
42914
44936
lec
tight bellows
44913
44936
tri
Q
II
42913
ca
lP
locking by padlocks or key lock

of the toggle
(in open position)
by 3 padlocks (not supplied}
44910
44911
44912
ar
DC (V )
40044
40045
40046
40043
(2)
42910
42911
42912
44936
I
I
41318
44965
3P
3X40041 13)
42960
44829
3P
40040
42962
44831
A to 1 50 A
A to 225 A
an
40033( 1 )
40034 ( 1 )
44900
44901
tM
40031 (1)
40032( 1 )
42902
ua
ls
40037
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
380/415
440/480
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
440
24
48
1 1 0/130
250
AC 60 Hz (V) I2l
C100NF
( 1 P)
40036
r!
C400E
C600E
C225E
.c
om
Compact mccb's C1 00E to

C600E and C1 OONF
auxiliaries, accessories,
connection, spare parts
40041
42964
43470
connection (see p. 6 1 )
ww
connectors for bare cable

per pole
single connectors
for 1 cable 70 ,;;; S ,;;; 300
per pole
double connector
for 2 cable 70 ,;;; S ,;;; 240
1 set of 3 connectors
ra!i!19._1 25 A to 1 50 A
rating 175 A to 225 A
with phase separators
44813
44814
41 1 84
43473
A.dA..d.1
(1) For
C1 00E in DC
24 v
48 v
1 1 n11?S v
40029
40030
40028
(i) new
110 V
22370
22371
127 v
220 v
22372
240 v
22373
380 v
22374
41 5/440 v 22375
016
1 10 V
22390
22391
127 v
220 v
22392
240 v
22393
22394
380 v
41 5/440 v 22395
Compact TC40L
'
,.
22470
22471
22472
22473
22474
22475
120
240
440
480
lec
fixed
FC
ww
.E
Vigicompact
TC40N R E H
6
,.
22350
22352
22354
22355
22450
22452
22454
22455
v
v
v
v
22370
22372
22374
3P
4t
22375
22470
22472
22474
22475
22390
22392
22394
22395
22490
22492
22494
22495
22494
22495
v
v
V
v
22510
22511
22512
22513
22514
22515
120
240
440
480
v
v
V
v
22410
22412
22414
22415
22510
22512
22514
22515
22530
22531
22532
22533
22534
22535
120
240
440
480
v
v
v
v
22430
22432
22434
22530
22532
3P
24 v
48 v
110 V
125 v
220 v
250 v
3!
22435
22534
22535
... consisting of :
24 v
48 v
1 10 V
1 25 v
220 v
250 v
24 v
48 v
1 10 v
125 v
220 v
250 v
24 v
48 v
1 10 V
125 v
220 v
250 v
24 v
48 v
110 V
125 v
220 v
250 v
4P
4t
22360
22361
22362
22363
22364
22365
22460
22461
22462
22463
22464
22465
22380
22381
22382
22383
22384
22385
22480
22481
22482
22483
22484
22485
22400
22401
22402
22403
22404
22405
22500
22501
22502
22503
22504
22505
22420
22421
22422
22423
22424
22425
22520
22521
22522
22523
22524
22525
22440
22441
22442
22443
22444
22445
22540
22541
22542
22543
22544
22545
4P
3t
4t
0 1 0 --- -=
- - -----J
=:
-
016
025
032
040
rating
v
v
v
v
3t
120
240
440
480
22490
22491
22492
22493
ar
110 V
22430
1 27 v
22431
220 v
22432
240 v
22433
380 v
22434
4 1 5/440 V 22435
com fete breaker...

3P
ratin g
22453
22454
22455
120
240
440
480
22450
22451
22452
tri
fixed
FC
22410
1 10 V
22411
127 v
22412
220 v
22413
240 v
380 v
22414
41 5/440 v 22415
ca
lP
040
4t
tM
025
032
4P
ua
ls
1 10 V
22351
127 v
22352
220 v
22353
240 v
380 v
22354
41 5/440 v 22355
010
fixed
FC
3P
4P
an
Compact TC40N
DC
AC 60 Hz
rating
.c
om
Compact TC40N/L
p art n u m bers
TC40 N / L
TC40N (see above)
+ 1 limiter block
+ 1 neutral block (for 4P breaker)
+ 1 mounting plate ! 1 1
22035
22036
22130
4P
3t
4t
-=
---J
010
-- - =:
--.
016
. -
025
032
040
TC40N (see above)
+ 1 Vigi clock REH 40 3P

+ 1 neutral block (for 4P b reaker)
+ 1 mounting plate P I
22300
22302
22130
.c
om
Compact TC40N/L:
individual enclosures
IP40
individual enclosure
3 poles
ua
ls
22136
auxiliary double-throw switches
for Compact TC40N
10 + 1 F
20 + 2F
22120
22121
10 + 1 F
22122
20 + 2F
22123
an
for Compact TC40L

or Viglcompact TC40N REH
1 SD + 1SDM 22127
voltase releases
MN (instantaneous undervoltage
22163
220 V
22165
v
v
22166
240
380
41 5/440
AC 60 Hz
22162
v
v
240 v
480 v
24 v
1 20
22167
208
DC
22168
22162
22164
22165
'22168
22170
48 V
60
tM
110 V
1 27
ar
AC 50 Hz
ca
lP
release)
22171
22172
1 10/125
22173
MNR (undervoltage release with
time delay)
AC 50 Hz
110 V
v
220 v
240 v
380 v
22182
22183
1 27
AC 60 Hz
22187
12
0
V
----2
2
18
2
208 v
22184
240
v
v
low level Input converters
24 V DC
22188
221 40
48 V DC
22141
127 V DC
22142
.E
mounting plates
22185
lec
480
accessories
22188
tri
41 5/440
22185
22186
for separate limiter block
22131
for adaptation of C40L
22130
or C40 REH 1 1 l
mechanical alarm
SDM
22138
ww
codase pins
22126
nne
17
p a rt n u m bers
C1 01 N / H / L
Compact C 1 01 N
com lete breaker ...

rating
2t
3t
2P 3P 4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
38500 38510 38520 38530
15
fixed
FC
38502 38512 38522 38532
25
40
38503 38513 38523 38533
63
38505 38515 38525 38535
38506 38516 38526 38536
80
100 38507 38517 38527 38537
385503856
0 385'-.7:0=------1
38580
fixed
15
-"
::.____ _c:
RC
38552 38562 38572 38582
25
40
38553 38563 38573 38583
38555 38565 38575 38585
63
80
38556 38566 38576 38586
100 38557 38567 38577 38587
plug-in lil -'-1"5
::___ _c:
38600_3,86,_,_10,__,38::::62::0
:: 38,6:=o3::c0
-l
FC
.Jfl' 25
38602
38612
38622
38632
RC
133862338633=======:;
:40===38603=386
38605 38615 38625 38635
63
38606 38616 38626 38636
80
100 38607 38617 38627 38637
rating
3P 4P
3t
3t
4t
3t + N/2
38660 38670 38680
fixed
15
FC
38662 38672 38682
25
40
38663 38673 38683
38665 38675 38685
63
38666 38676 38686
80
1 00
38667 38677 38687
38710 38720 38730
fixed
15
RC
25
38712 38722 38732
38713 38723 38733
40
38715 38725 38735
63
38716 38726 38736
80
38717 38727 38737
100
38760 38770 38780
38762 38772 38782
38763 38773 38783
38765 38775 38785
38766 38776 38786
38767 38777 38787
100
3P 4P
rating
3t
3t
3t + N/2
4t
fixed
38810 38820 38830
15
FC
25
38812 38822 38832
40
38813 38823 38833
38815 38825 38835
63
80
38816 38826 38836
38817 38827 38837
100
15
fixed
39720 39730 39740
FC
39722 39732 39742
25
39723 39733 39743
40
39725 39735 39745
63
39726 39736 39746
80
100
39727 39737 39747
plug-in
38860 38870 38880
15
FC
,38:=o8"'62=-:38,_87:.-:2:._-:3::::888:=:2
-fl 2::c5::___
-J
RC i
38863 38873 38883
dp.Jfl' 40
38865 38875 38885
63
38866 38876 38886
80
38867 38877 38887
100
C101N fixed FC
C101N fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
11)
39972
39998
per pole
39985
39973 4P 39974
39983 4P 39984
tM
an
in base
2P
3P
+ b)b
+ 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P
per pole
C101H fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear connections I 1 l
3P
3P
per pole
39998
per pole
4P
4P
39985
39974
39984
per pole
39998
per pole
4P
4P
39992
39974
39984
39973
39983
tri
Compact C1 01 l
ca
lP
ar
Compact C 1 01 H
___
. ..consisting of:
ua
ls
Ci) new
.c
om
Compact mccb's C1 01 N/H/L:

with D type trip unit
ww
.E
lec
_
_
_
_
___
C101L fixed FC
1 set of rear connections I 1 l
C101L fixed FC
+ 1 set of ilm1tor plugs
1 plug-in base FC/RC
+ 1 set of short term. shields
3P
3P
39973
39983
FC
plug-in
RC
'
,.
fixed
FC
ll
plug-in
RC
'
,.
fixed
FC
plug-in
RC
)
J
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-in
llr.a
remote control u nit T1 0 1 @
15
to
100
15
to
100
15
to
100
C101N fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module REH 101
'
15
to
100
15
to
100
C101N REH fixed FC
1 set of Vigi plugs

-;- 1 plug-in base FC/RC
1 set of short term. shields
--
C101H fixed FC
..;- 1 Vigi module REH 1 0 1
+ 1 set of Vigi plugs

fixed
.;.. 1 Vigi module REH 1 01
C101L
FC
C101L REH fixed FC
C101L REH fixed FC
15
to
1 00
15
to
1 00
39998
per pole
4P
4P
39992
39974
39984
39944
4P
39945
per pole
39998
39992
39974
39984
4P 39945
per pole
4P
4P
39973
39983
3P 39944
3P
3P
per pole
39998
per pole
+ 1 set of Vigi limitor plugs
3P
4P
3P
4P
same versions as for Vigicompact
+ 1 Vigi module RMM 101
3P
4P
39996
39974
39984
REH
39947
1 set of rear connections ! 1 1
39973
39983
39946
p e r pole
3P
C101H REH fixed FC

+
39945
39973
39983
1 set of rear connections ! 1 1
4P
3P
3P
C101H REH fixed FC
15
to
100
39944
1 set of rear connections l 1 1
3P
C101H REH fixed FC
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
(see page
before)
ww
15
to
1 00
.E
lec
Compact C 1 01 N / H / L
with a Vigirex R C D
a n d a separate toroid
3t + N/2
o f;
C101N/H/L
tri
RC
ca
Vigicompact
C1 01 N / H / L R M M "
38930
38932
38933
38935
38936
38937
4t
ar
RC
Vigicompact
C 1 01 L R E H "
63
80
100
15
to
100
15
to
100
ll
fixed
Vigicompact
C1 01 H R E H "
40
4P
3t
38920
38922
38923
38925
38926
38927
an
fixed
. .. consistmg
3P
38910
38912
38913
38915
38916
38917
ua
ls
complete breaker...
rating
3t
15
25
lP
Vigicompact
C1 01 N R E H '"
tM
(j) new
.c
om
Vigicompact mccb's
C101 N/H/L
Compact mccb's C1 01 N/H/L
with Vigirex RCD
remote control units
RCD
voltage
release
(see page
electrical
auxiliaries)
Vigirex
RH50 220/240V
220/240V
inherent safety model
RH53A 220/240V
380/415V
complete unit...
voltage (V)
24/30
48/60
1 1 0/127
220/240
250
380/41 5
440
AC 50 Hz AC 60 Hz
39850
39851
39855
39856
39853
39854
39853
plug-in wiring and auxiliaries

keylocking device
accessories for sealing
in automatic position
50040
50041
50082
50084
DC II
39858 I
39859
39860 I
39861 I
I
39818
39820
39829
toroidal sensor
TN 0 30 plug-in
P N 0 50
... consisting
50105
50106
shielded wire
(2 conductors)
1 = 1 00 m
of:
39813
1 adaptation plate
+ 1 motor unit
voltage (V)
24/30
48/60
1 1 0/127
220/240
250
380/415
AC 50 Hz
AC 60 Hz
39806
39807
39810
39811
39808
39809
39808
440
low level input converter
version (continuous signal)
24 V DC
48 V DC
220/240 V AC
X version (impulse signal)
IBN
OF
24 V DC
48 V DC
50136
DC
39800
39801
39802
39803
39824
39825
39826
39827
39828
39829
part n u m bers
C 1 01 N / H / L (continued)
fixed
RC
plug-In
FC
RC
Compact C1 01 H
type MA
J.
j
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-In
J.
j
fixed
rating
3P
4P
39410
39411
'
39412
39413
39414
39415
39416 Gl
39425 1il
39426 1il
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MASO
MA100
MA 1 50
rating
.E
RC
plug-In
FC
RC
39460
39461
39462
39463
39464
39465
39466 1il
39510
39511
39512
39513
39514
39515
39516 1il
3P
3t
MA2,5
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MA50
MA100
MA 1 50
MA2,5
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MA50
MA100
MA1 50
MA2,5
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MASO
MA1 00
MA150
w
ww
= C101N type G fixed FC

+ 1 set of rear connections ( 1 )
=
C101N type G fixed FC

+ 1 set of plugs
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC

3t
lec
fixed
lon rear connection ref. 399G1 \.uho.... . . -:--
39560
39561
39562
39563
39564
39565
39566 Gl
39610
39611
39612
39613
39614
39615
39616 1il
39660
39661
39662
39663
39664
39665
39666 1il
tri
FC
1)
39380
39382
39383
39385
39386
39387
G15
to
G100
MA2,5
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MASO
MA100
MA150
MA2,5
MA6,3
MA12,5
MA25
MA50
MA100
MA150
MA2,5
4t
3t
C101H type MA fixed FC

per pole 39998
per pole 39985

3P 39973 4P 39974
3P 39983 4P 39984

+ 1 set of plugs
C101L type MA fixed FC

C101L type MA fixed FC
per pole 39998
39475 1il
39476 1il
ca
lP
FC
RC
Compact C101 L
type MA
3t
ua
ls
FC
......consisting of:
4P
an
fixed
com lete breaker...

rating
3P
3t
39360
G15
G25
39362
39363
G40
39365
G63
G80
39366
39367
G100
G15
to
G100
tM
Compact C1 01 N
type G *
ar
m new
.c
om
Compact mccb's C101 N/H/L

G and MA type
per pole 39985

3P 39973
3P 39983 4P 39984
39525 1il
39526 1il
4P
3t
39575 1il
39576 1il
per pole 39998
39625 1il
39626 1il
+ 1 set of limitor plugs

39675 1il
39676 1il
per pole 39992

3P 39973 4P 39974
3P 39983 4P 39984
sealing accessories
accessories
n=.
d:.:
le -------
direct rotary ha..:.:
---,-standard
39980
with black toggle
42891
red toggle onl)'
42892
watertight escutcheon
DC
(V)
"
AC 50/60 Hz
(V)
1 1 0/130
220/240
380/41 5
440/480
MN (with
40029
40030
40028
40026
24
48
1 1 0/130
250
time delay relay)
40044
40045
40046
40043
long shaft
39978
( = 39980 + 42884)
rear door mounting

short shaft 39953
( = 39980 + 42889)
40047
40048
40049
40050
long shaft
39954
( = 39980 + 42897)
220 V 50/60 Hz
mov(ng eart
short wires
3 term.
tor types N/H/L 6 term.
42942
42943
fixed eart
tor all types
3 term.
6 term.
ack of 24 female clis
42940
42941
42946
ca
""&
ww
.E
lec
tri
shaft bracket
...
....
42889
42897
(circuit breaker in OFF position)

built-in
b)' 3 padlocks
1 Ronis key lock 1351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
KSS 824 D4Z
of the toggle
44936
mechanical interlocking
(for breakers with rotary handle)
44826
key locks interlocking
1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500 41950

key locks (1 single key)
1 set of 2 Protalux
KSS 824 D4Z key locks
(1 single key)
39865
for toggle (IP43)
39969
short term. shields 2P/3P 39983

4P 39984
long term. shields
2P/3P 39994
4P 39995
protective shield 2P/3P/4P 42968

for plug-in base
1 set of long rear

connections
connection (see p. 61)
39991
07100
45853
42868
for short shaft
(always included on rotary
handles with long shaft)
(in OFF position)

by 3 padlocks
42977
2P/3P 39993
enables to aligne
the front face of
4P 39999
a fixed C1 01 N/H/L
with other Compact
42882
42884
locking b)' padlocks or key lock

of the rotary handle
q>
42976
for door
for T101/T161
accessories for converting direct rotary

handle to extended handle
front door mounting

short shaft
long shaft
rear door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
without door locking
front door mounting
/A
short shaft
39970
cut-out grommet
ar
front door mounting

short shaft 39976
( = 39980 + 45853)
lP
40049
MN 1 1 0/130 V
+ time delay relay
+ 40042
250/700 ms
auxiliary wire block (see guantit)' p. 55)
=
pack of 1 0
short shaft 39977

( = 39980 + 42882)
DC
(V)
for release, adjustment,

cover
an
1 10/130 40031 24
220/240 40032 48
380/415 40033 1 1 0/125
440/480 40034 250
MN ( undervoltage release)
39979
tM
AC 50/60 Hz
(V)
(CNOMO)
MCC type
ua
ls
1 OF
40036
2 x 40036
2 OF
1 OF + SD
40036 + 40037
1 CAM (for rotary handle) 39981
voltage release (tor remote tripping)
MX (shunt trip)
.c
om

42878
'
cover
circuit breaker
2P/3PI4P 39968
black toggle for:

rotary handle
42875
FC
RC
Compact C 1 61 H
fixed
FC
fixed
FC
plug-in
FC
RC
fixed
FC
fixed
plug-in
FC
RC
Visucompact C1 6 1 N l'fixed
t-
lt
j
J
40504
40505
40506
40507
40524
40525
40526
40527
40544
40545
40546
40547
40564
40570
40571
40567
40584
40585
40586
40587
40604
40605
40606
40607
40624
40625
40626
40627
40644
40645
40646
40647
40664
40665
40666
40667
3P
40512
40513
40514
40515
40532
40533
40534
40535
40552
40553
40554
40555
40562
40563
40574
40565
40592
40593
40594
40595
40612
40613
40614
40615
40632
40633
40634
40635
40652
40653
40654
40655
40672
40673
40674
40675
4P
40508
40509
40510
40511
40528
40529
40530
40531
40548
40549
40550
40551
40568
40572
40573
40561
40588
40589
40590
40591
40608
40609
40610
40611
40628
40629
40630
40631
40648
40649
40650
40651
40668
40669
40670
40671
40516
40517
40518
40519
40536
40537
40538
40539
40556
40557
40558
40559
40566
40575
40576
40569
40596
40597
40598
40599
40616
40617
40618
40619
40636
40637
40638
40639
40656
40657
40658
40659
40676
40677
40678
40679
3t
4t
3t + N2
80
to
160
t-
80
to
160
tri
FC
40500
40501
40502
40503
40520
43521
40522
40523
40540
43541
40542
40543
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
1 60
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
125
160
rating
fixed
3t
.E
lec
RC
earth leakage Visucompact

C1 61 N R E H / R M M
specific to the Visucompact
per pole 41 1 90
C161N fixed FC
per pole 41 194

+ 1 set of plugs
+ 1 plug-in-base
FC/RC
2P 41195 3P 41 1 96 4P 41 1 97
+ 1 set of short term, shield 2P/3P 42965 4P 42961
C161H fixed FC
per pole 41 190
C161H fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
C161N fixed FC
+ 1
Visu module V160
Visucompact C161N fixed FC
per pole 41194

3P 411 96 4P 41 197
3P 42965 4P 42961
3P 42413 4P 42414
+ 2 sets of C 1 6 1 N RC (for line-side)

+ 2 sets of C 1 6 1 N R C (for load-side)
2 x 42450
2 x 41190
Visucompact C161N fixed FC/RC
terminal shields for Visucompact

or earth leakage Visucompact
connectors
by 3 padlocks (not supplied)

by Ronis key lock 1351 .500 (supplied)
by Profalux key lock KS5 824 04Z (supplied)
long terminal shields for FC (1 set)
short terminal shields for RC ( 1 set)
line-side
load-side
Compact N l type (load break switches)
page 1 1 2
automatic and manual source changeover Compact
page 99
ww
C161N fixed FC
3P 41 550 4P 41551
1 Vigi module REH161
or
3P 41612 4P 41613
Vigi module RMM161
aux1ilary double-throw switch
OF standard or CAM early break depending on mounting
42906
earthing switch for neutral in open position (compulsory if the transformer neutral
42415
is earthed on the load side of the Visucompact)
locking of the Visu module
in open position
s t n of:
an
plug-in
3t+ N/2
tM
FC
4t
. c n is i
ar
fixed
3t
lP
FC
3t
4P
2P
ca
fixed
2t
3P
rating
ua
ls
com Jete breaker...
Compact C 1 61 N
.c
om
Compact mccb ' s C161 N/H/L

remote control u nits
p art n u m bers
C 1 61 N / H / L
built-in
41940
42888
3P 42969 4P 42963
3P 42971 4P 42961
per pole 42460
per pole 41 183
fixed
FC
Vigicompact
C1 61 H R E W
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
fixed
FC
Vigicompact
C161 L R EH "
plug-In
FC
RC
fixed
FC
Vigicompact
C 1 61 N / H / L R M M '"
fixed
RCPI
80
to
160
80
to
160
80
100
125
160
80
100
1 25
160
80
to
160
80
to
160
80
to
160
If
+ [J
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
remote control u n it T161 $
remote control unit TS161 $
ww
voltage
release
(see page
electrical
auxiliaries)
.E
lec
(see page
before)
Accessories for T101 /T161 1il

(remote control unit)
4t
3t + N/2
C161 N fixed FC
+
3P 41 550
C161 N REH fixed FC
C161N REH fixed FC
1 set of rear connections
1 set of Vigi plugs

C161H fixed FC
1 Vigi module REH61
C161H fixed FC
C161H REH fixed FC
per pole 41 190
per pole 41 199

3P 41 1 96 4P 41197
3P 42965 4P 42961
4P 41551
3P 41550
4P 41551
per pole 41190
per pole 41199

3P 41196 4P 41 197
3P 42965 4P 42961
1 set of Vigi plugs

40874
40875
40876
40877
40979
40980
40981
40982
40882
40883
40884
40885
40987
40988
40989
40990
40878
40879
40880
40881
40983
40984
40985
40986
40886
40887
40888
40889
40991
40992
40993
40994
C161 N fixed FC
C161 N/H/L same versions as for Viglcompact REH

+ 1 Vigi module RMM161
3P 41612 4P 41613
Vigirex RCD
50040
RH50 220/240 V
220/240 v
50041
RH53A 220/240 V
380/41 5 v
com fete unit...

AC 50 Hz
volta e (V)
24/30
48/60
1 1 0/127
220/240
250
380/415
440
voltage (V)
1 1 0/127
220/240
tri
Compact C161 N / H / L
and a separate
toroid
j
)
3t
80
to
160
40862 40858 40866

40863 40859 40867
40864 40860 40868
40865 40861 40869
ca
plug-in
FC
RCPI
j
)
40854
40855
40856
40857
of:
ua
ls
plug-in
FC
RC
j
)
3t
2t
... consistin
an
fixed
RC
80
100
1 25
160
80
to
160
80
to
160
4P
ar
fixed
FC
com fete breaker...

3P
rating 2P
lP
Vigicompact C 1 61 N R EH "
tM
4i) new
.c
om
Vigicompact mccb ' s

C161 N/H/L
with Vigi module REH or R MM
40580
40581
AC 60 Hz
40600
40601
50082
50084
DC
39858
40603
40620
24/30
48/60
1 1 0/ 1 27
220/240
250
360/415
440
DC
Important:
To use a remote control unit TS161 on

a Com act C161L, lease consult us.
39818
Elug-in wiring and auxiliaries
keylocking device
accessories for sealing
in automatic J20Sition
---l ohlo r<WRr ITS1
61)
39820
39822
42974
50105
50106
(2 conductors)
1 = 100 m
... consistin of:

= 1 adaptation plate + 1 motor unit
voltage
AC 60 Hz
AC 50 Hz
40723
40722
shielded wire
toroidal sensor
TN 0 30 Elug-in
PN 0 50
40582
40583
AC 60 Hz
40721
4P 41551
..
40621
AC SO Hz
40721
40722
3P 41550
39806
39807
39810
39811
50136
40623
DC
39800
39801
39802
39803
39808
39809
39808
suitable only for Compact C161 4-pole, type N or H.

for C161 N/H fixed RC, add:
+ 1 set of rear connection (per pole)
+ 1 set of short 4P terminal shields

for C161 N/H plug-in FC/RC, add:
+ 4 set of Vigi plugs
+ 1 set of short 4P terminal shields
+ 1 lu -in base FC/RC
IBN low level input converter
OF version (continuous signal)
24 V DC
48 V DC
220/240 V AC
41190
42961
4 x 41 1 99
42961
4P 41 197
39824
39825
39826
p art n u m bers
C 1 61 N / H / l (continued)
plug-in
FC
RC
Compact C161 H
type SA'' fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-In
FC
RC
type MA
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
type MA'' fixed
FC
.E
Compact C161 L
fixed
RC
ww
plug-in
FC
RC
40748
40749
40750
40751
40712
40704
40705
40706
40707
40713
40708
40709
40710
40711
GBO
to
G 1 60
lt
SA63
SABO
SA100
SA125
SA160
SA63
to
SA160
SA63
to
SA160
SA63
SABO
SA100
SA125
SA160
SA63
SABO
SA100
SA125
SA160
SA63
SABO
SA100
40714
40724
40725
40726
40727
40736
40955
40956
40957
40958
40738
40967
40968
40969
40970
j
J
lt
SA125
SA160
MA100
MA1 25
MA160
MA100
MA125
MA160
MA100
to
j
J
C161N type G fixed FC

+ connection accessories as for C161N (see p. 74)
C161H type SA fixed FC

+ connect on accessories as for C 1 6 1 H (see p. 74 )
i
40715
40728
40729
40730
40731
40737
40959
40960
40961
40962
40739
40971
40972
40973
40974
40765
40766
40767
40785
40786
40787
40n3
40n4
40n5
40793
40794
40795
40805
40806
40807
40835
40836
40837
40935
40936
40937
40813
40814
40815
40843
40844
40845
40939
40940
40941
MA160
MA100
MA125
MA 160
MA100
MA125
MA160
MA100
MA1 25
MA160
.c
om
4t
G160
lec
plug-in
FC
RC
3t
40744
40745
40746
40747
tri
Compact C161 H
to
3t
. .. consisting of:
4P
an
fixed
RC
GBO
G 1 00
G 1 25
G 1 60
G80
4P
tM
fixed
FC
3P
ua
ls
com lete switch...

rating
ar
type G''
ca
lP
Compact C161 N

G and MA type

+ connection accessories as for C 1 6 1 H (see p. 74 )
42901
42910
42911
42913
42914
42923
42924
42925
42926
AC 60 Hz
(V]
1 10/127 42931
220/240 42928
440
42933
MN (with time delay relay)
220 V 50/60 Hz
= MN 1 10/130 V
+ time delay relay
2501700 ms
auxilla!)' wire-block (see guantit:i - 56)
3
6
3
6
term.
term.
term.
term.
fixed art
for all types
accessories
chassis for lug-in CB
42942
42943
42944
39969
for plug-in Compact

C161L
42463
short term. shields 2P/3P

4P
long term. shields 2P/3P
4P
3P
extension for L type
4P
protective shield 2P/3P/4P
for plug-in base
phase separators 2P/3P
42965
42961
42962
42963
42966
42967
42968
42964
accessories for substitution
mounting a
C161N/H on a
C160 base
42897
45853
2P/3P
4P
42868
40953
40954
connections (see p. 6 1 )
(for bare cables)
olybloc terminal
07100
locking by adlocks or key lock

\'
42940
42941
42946
41920
41 921
(circuit breaker in OFF position)

by 3 padlocks
(not supplied)
built-in
1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
KS5 824 D4Z
of the toggle
(in OFF position)

by 3 padlocks
(not supplied)
connectors for bare cables
2.5.;;; S .;; 1 6
per pole
16.;;; $ .;;; 95 (AI) per pole
16.;; $ .;; 95
per pole
angle terminals (prohibited on C 1 6 1 H)
, ,
41185
40950
41183
44936
41922
41 923
consult us
auxiliaries seciflc to the chassis
auxiliary switches:
39965
indicator for draw-out osition
indicator for draw-in osition
39966
locking in draw-out position with 1 key lock
(suplied] Ranis 1351 .500
41929
Profalux KS5 824 D4Z
41930
locking in draw-in and draw-out position with
1 key lock (suplied) Ranis 1 351 .500
41947
41948
Profalux KS5 824 GAZ
for operation through the door:
41926
manual
40956
remote control
disconnectable auxiliary wire-block
for "test position" ( 1 0 plugs per blocks],
41917
instead of standard auxiliary wire-block
additional auxiliary wire-block
41928
ww
for short shaft

42945
.E
lec
3P
for C161N/H
for C161N/H
4P
for C161 L
3P
for C161 L
4P
horizontal chassis :
42882
42884
42889
for toggle (IP43)
shaft bracket
42930
tri
3 term.
6 term.
ack of 24 female clis
with door locking

front door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
rear door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
short shaft
42925
moving art
short wires
for types NIH
long wires
for type L
42977
39865

ca
front door mounting

short shaft 41322
( =4131 0 + 45853)
42912
an
(V)
24
48/60
1 10/130
220/300
380/480
MN ( undervoltage release)
AC 50 Hz
DC
(V)
(V)
48
42919 24
1 10/130 42920 48
220/240 42921 1 10/130
380/41 5 42922 250
525
42927
for door
for T101/T161
ua
ls
AC 50/60 Hz or DC
tM
L!
42905
ar
42902
lP
'
cut-out grommet
front door mounting

short shaft 41312
( = 41 3 1 0 + 42882)
long shaft
41311
( =4131 0 + 42884)
rear door mounting
short shaft 41319
( = 4 1 3 1 0 + 42889)
41320
long shaft
( =4131 0 + 42897)
auxilia!)' double-throw switches
2 OF
1 OF + 1 SO
1 CAM (for rotary handle
or Visu module)
voltage release (for remote triing)
MX (shunt trip)
.c
om
Compact mccb's
C 1 61 N/H/L:
direct rotary ha::.:n:ocdl:::e:.__
with black toggle

red toggle
41310
MCC type
41316
42891
42892

44826
q-'Q,.
key locks Interlocking

1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500
key locks (1 single key)
1 set of 2 Profalux
KS5 824 D4Z key locks
( 1 single key)
41950
42878
sealing accessories

cover
32970
pack of 1 0
42976
spare parts
cover
'
2P/3P
4P
41350
41351
neutral pole cap for

4-pole equipment
with rotary handle
41313
toggle
41352
black toggle for:

rotary handle
Visu module V160
42875
42885
2P
p'ug-in
FC
RC
Compact C250H
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
lil
..
0250
0 1 25
0160 Ul
43012 43016 43020 43024 43028
0250
0 1 60
Ul
trip u n its
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
0 1 25
0 1 60
3t
43113 431 1 7 43121 43125
0250
0125
43131 43135 43139 43143
0160 (i)
type
release
2P
43001
3P
43002
= C250N fixed FC
set of rear connections
= C250N fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
+ 1 plug-in
base FC/RC
2P 43809 3P
+ 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P
4P 43003
(see below)
per pole
43800
per pole
43802
43810
43829
4P
4P
4381 1
43830
= C250H without release
3P
+ type 0 release
43104
4P 43105
(see below)
= C250H fixed FC
per pole
43800
per pole
4P
4P
43802
438 1 1
43830
43132 43136 43140 43144
0200
43133 43137 43141 43145
0250
43171 43175 43179 43183
43172 43176 43180 43184
0200
43173 43177 43181 43185
lP
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
0125
3t
Ul
43196 43200 43204 43208
43197 43201 43205 43209
0 1 25
0160 Ul
0200
0250
0125
O:..c
16
::::
::0
:: Ul:___
_
_
43219 43223 43227 43231
43220 43224 43228 43232

43221 43225 43229 43233
4"'"
47
4"'"
3'-'4
3,5,_._
1cc4
2:::
32
32
2
55
_:.::-:
"'4""
"'3,
'--"
::-:
43244 43248 43252 43256
0200
::::
=
0
25
0
---
4
32
4
5-4
3
2
49
4=
32
=5
3-4
3
257
0200
0250
3P
2P
2t
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
43259 43275 43276
43260 43263 43266 43269 43272
43261 43264 43267 43270 43273
0
0
0
= C250L without release, fixed FC
+ type
release
= C250L without release, fixed RC
+type
release
3P
3P
4381 0
43829
3P
43188
4P 43189
(see below)
3P
43212
4P 43213
(see below)
= C250L without release, plug-in without base
+ type release
3P
43236
3P 43810
rng
G200
G250
43277
43280
3t
43278
4t
43281
43262 43265 43268 43271 43274
Selective type SA release
for C250L only
Selective type SB release
3P
4P
43284
43289
SB 125
43286
43291
SB200
rating
SA 1 25
SA 1 60
SA200
SA250
+ 1 set of plugs
Low magnetic setting type G release
Standard type D release
rating
= C250H fixed FC
3t + N/2
43195 43199 43203 43207
0250
Ul
0160 Ul
431 1 2 431 1 6 43120 43124
0200
0200
= C250N without release
3t + N/2
431 1 1 431 1 5 431 1 9 43123
Ul
0125
ww
43084 43088 43092 43096 43100
0250
0160 Ul
lJ
43082 43086 43090 43094 43098

43083 43087 43091 43095 43099
0200
.E
lec
plug-in
FC
RC
43036 43040 43044 43048 43052
0 1 25
tri
fixed
RC
43034 43038 43042 43046 43050

43035 43039 43043 43047 43051
0200
0 1 60
3t + N/2
4301 1 43015 43019 43023 43027
ll 0125
-)
ca
fixed
FC
4t
3t
43010 43014 43018 43022 43026
0250
Compact C250L
3t
of:
an
fixed
RC
2t
0125
0 1 60 Ul
0200
4P
ar
fixed
FC
.. . consistin
3P
ua
ls
Com lete breaker...
rating
Compact C250N
tM
(j) new
.c
om
Compact mccb's C250N/H/L

with type D trip u nit
p a rt n u m bers
C250 N / H / L
3t
43285
43287
Type MA release
4t
43290
43292
rating
3P
4P
MA250
43308
43311
3t
4t
rng
SB160
SB250
43296
43300
43298
43302
3t
Ul
for C250L only
43297
43299
4t
43301
43303
4P 43237
(see below)
4P 43811
com lete breaker...
0125
01020060
0250
0125
J 0250
0125
0250
rating
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
an
to
plug-in
FC
RC
to
-------
rating
to
- -, + '
tri
-------
lec
and a separate
toroid
0125
0250
0125
0250
0125
0160
0200
0250
0125
0250
to
ca
lP
plug-in
FC
RC
ar
fixed
RC
tM
rating
fixed
FC
N/2
to
plug-In
FC
RC
Vigicompact C250L R EW
3t
. .. consisting of:
ua
ls
Vigicompact C250N R EH"-
.c
om
Vigicompact mcbb's
C250N/H/L
Compact mccb's C250N/H/L:
with Vigi module REH or REB
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
(see page
electrical
auxiliaries)
ww
.E
(see page
before)
voltage
release
Auxiliaries and accessories
page
oaoe
81
17
part n u m bers
C250 N / H / L (continued)
... consisting of:
complete breaker...
earth leakage
Visucompact
C250N R E H "
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
3t
4t
3t + N/2
0125
to
0250
0 1 25
to
0250
C250N fixed FC
+ 1 Visu module
Visucompact C250N fixed FC

rating
3P
3t
4P
V250
3P
4P
43330
per pole
43800
43329
4t
3t + N/2
= Visucompact C250N fixed FC/RC
0125
+ 1 Vigi module REH250

3P 43340 4P 43341
to
0250
0125
to
0250
aux1ilary double-throw sw1tch
42906
43332
)
lo-=
c"k -"(cn::o::.:t..c:s=-::u:r:
by
ie=-=
3_,p:=ac::
d:=
plc:
_::
b.::
u:-:
ilt:.c
- ::.
in.:
pl:"
: d'L
::.
in open position
41940
by Ronis key lock 1351-500 (supplied)
42888
3P 43838 4P 43832
3P 43839 4P 43830
(p. 8 1 )
same as fixed Compact
connection
3t
3t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
ca
lP
ar

4P
ua
ls
fixed
RC
'
3P
an
fixed
FC
rating
tM
Visucompact C250W'
.c
om
{i) new
Visucompact mccb's C250N

Compact mccb's C250N :
remote control
C o m pact N l type (load break switches)
page 1 1 2
page 101
AC
DC
50/60 Hz
(V)
1 1 0/12711 )
220/2401 1)
380/41512 )
440/4801 2)
43775
43776
43777
43778
(V)
2411 )
48/601 1 )
1 1 0/125 1 1 )
220/2501 1)
43770
43771
43772
32773
tri
adaptable motor mechan i s m

T250
AC
50/60 Hz
DC
(V)
(V)
43754
1 10/1271 1 )
1 10/125 1 1 )
220/2401 1 )
43755
SOE alarm switch
Sealable cover
locking of the motor mech.11 I by 1 key lock (not supplied)
Ronis 1351 .500 or Profalux KS5 824 04Z
lec

TS250
ww
.E
accessories for motor mechanism
(1) Direct supply motor mechanism.

(2) Motor mechanism supplied through an additional
resistor:
T400/630 380/41 5 V 43877
T400/630 2201240 V 43776 + resistor 44870
T400/630 440/480 V 43878
T400/630 2201240 V 43776 + resistor 441171
43752
44906
42974
44876

with black toggle
red toggle
43824
50/60 Hz
42910
42911
42912
42913
42914
DC
43846
43847
(V)
48
1 1 0/130
220/240
380/415
525
AC
an
50 Hz
(V)
60 Hz
42919
42920
42921
42922
42927
24
30
48
1 1 0/ 1 30
250
42923
42938
42924
42925
42926
43822
short shaft
( = 43820 + 45853)
(V)
+ time delay relay

250/700 ms
42925
42930
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p . 55)
mov
in3g
pa
=rt
-- -----
short wires
.=.
3--=
t=
erc:c
m
c::__
!!gl'<l!l'
for types N/H
6 term.
"3 -"
te::.c
r"'
m"-.
long wires
for type L
6 term.
fixed part
3 term.
for all types
6 term.
pack of 24 female clips
short shaft
long shaft
rear door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
short shaft
ca
__:42=9=-4,..- 2
42943
____,4=2944
42945
42940
42941
42946
ar

lP
42931
42928
42933
220
50/60 Hz
MN 110/130 V DC
1 1 0/127
220/240
440
V AC
shaft bracket
tri
accessories
.E
lec
chassis for plug-in CB

for Compact without motor mechanism
3
C250N/H
=P
__
C250N/H
4P
3P
C250L
C250L
4P
____,4=-37,_8,_.._, 6
43787
43788
43789
of the toggle
(in OFF position)
w
ww
Profalux KS5 824 GAZ

for manual operation through the door
disconnectable auxiliary wire block
for "test position" ( 1 0 plugs per blocks),
instead of standard auxiliary wire-block
additional auxiliary wire-block
( 1 0 plugs per block)
43795
41928
mechanical device

1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500
,_ _,J> key locks (1 single key)
1 set of 2 Profalux
KS5 824 D4Z key locks
( 1 single key)
...
....
42977
43745
for toggle (IP43)
42896
for plug-in contact
43816

short term. shields
2P/3P
4P
long term . shields
2P/3P
4P
3P
extension for L type
4P
for plug-in base
phase separators
2P/3P
43829
43830
43831
43832
43833
43834
43836
43840
connection (see p. 61 l

1 6 S 1 85 (Aiu)
per pole
' ,
1 6 S 1 85 per pole
43813
43828
angle terminals
42868
41940
42888
____,4co:37,_,_._,90.
43791
41929
41930
41947
41948
41926
for short shaft

42882
42884
42889
42897
45853

(circuit-breaker in OFF position)
by 3 padlocks
built-in
(not supplied)
1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500
1 Profalux key lock
KS5 624 D4Z
for Compact with motor mechanism

C250N/H
::
3P
.:___
4P
C250N/H
horizontal chassis:
consult us
auxiliaries specific to the chassis
(supplied) Ronis 1 351 .500
locking in draw-in position with 1 key lock
(supplied) Ronis 1351 .500
42976
43821
43835
short shaft
( = 43820 + 42882)
long shaft
( = 43820 + 42884)
rear door mounting
short shaft
( = 43820 + 42889)
long shaft
( - 43820 + 42897)
tM
AC
39970
cover
pack of 1 0
f\..
til <'il'
cut-out grommet for door

Compact fixed or plug-in
with motor mechanism
voltage release (for remote tripping)

MX (shunt trip)
i\111'
AC
or DC
!J.!
V)
__________________
24
48/60
1 1 0/130
220/300
380/480
r!
sealing accessories
ua
ls
MCC type
GJI
43820
42891
44940
.c
om
Compact mccb'c C250N/H/L :

connections, spare parts
44936
44826
41950
42878
cover
'
2P/3P
4P
neutral pole cap for

4-pole equipment
with rotary handle
43940
43941
43947
toggle
43945
block toggle for:

rotary handle.
Visu module V250
42875
44846
part n u m bers
C401 N / H / L
com Jete breaker...

2P
plug-in
FC
RC
Compact C401 H
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
j
)
lt
3t
44664 44666 44668 44670 44672
0321
0401
0321
0401
C401N fixed FC
3P
0321
0401
44675 44677 44679 44681
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
44676 44678 44680 44682
0321
44703 44705
44707 44709
-"
=
"-'------''-''-'"-''--'- '-"
o"'-.:.:".:-.-o'---'-'
-' '-'""o'-----1
-0401
44704 447 6 44708 4471
44729 44731 44733 44735
0321
0401
44730 44732 44734 44736
2P 44660
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
ar
3t
3P 44661 4P 44662
(here under)
per pole
44800
per pole 44802

+ 1 set of plugs ( 1 )
1 plug-in base
2P 44809 3P 44810 4P 4481 1
FC/RC
4P 44830
+ 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P 44829
C401 H without release

+ type 0 release
C401 H fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear
3P 44673 4P 44674
(here under)
connecti ons
C401 H fixed FC

+
per pole
44800
per pole 44802

3P 44810 4P 44811
3P 44829 4P 44830
68
6.-o
0321 ----'4'-'
44
4:.:4:-:
7_4
4'-'
8:.:_
89
: 1,____--l
.,_.
:-:9
-' 46
".:.:
,.
-"6
: 5,__,_
,-:
="-'-0401
44686 44688 44690 44692
C401L without release, with spacing supports

3P 44683 4P 44684
(here under)
+ type 0 release
0321 ----"4'-'
1
3__c4
7-"
4..,_
44
15
47
7_--l
4'-'
,_1,_.
.._:: 47
-:.
.:.:
-"7
__,
,_1'-'1'-"
="-'-0401
44712 44714 44716 44718
C401L fixed FC, with spacing supports

+ 1 set of connections
+ 1 set of connections for supports
7"0321
3:.:3.___--l
4'-'
4'-'
4..,_
74
44
9_4
73
44
41
__
,.
-" :._:
_.,
'.:.:
-"7_..
-:..:7
---'
="-'--0401
44738 44740 44742 44744
C401L fixed FC with spacing supports
Standard
type
2P
0321
0401
44771 44773 44775 44777 44779
.E
lec
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
44772 44774 44776 44778 44780
MA release
3P
3!
4P
3!
44781 44782
per pole
per pole
44839
44800
per pole
per pole
3P 44810 4P
3P 44829 4P
44839
44802
44811
44830
1 set of plugs(1 I
+
+
Type
D release
rating
MA321
type 0 release
44719 44721 44723 44725 44727
rating
rating
ww
C401 N fixed FC
44720 44722 44724 44726 44728
Type
Characteristics : p. 32
C401 N without release
tri
trip u nits
of:
44693 44695 44697 44699 44701
44694 44696 44698 44700 44702
ca
plug-in
FC
RC
j
)
3t + N/2
lP
fixed
RC
4t
44663 44665 44667 44669 44671
0321
0401
rating
fixed
FC
3t
.. ....consistin
an
fixed
RC
)
ll
2t
4P
tM
fixed
FC
3P
ua
ls
rating
Compact C401 N
.c
om

P release :
Trip unit for D C current (no thermal) with

adjustable magnetics:
P3: 2000 to 4000 A
P1 : 800 to 1600 A
P2: 1200 to 2500 A
4P
3P
rating
3t
3t
3t + N/2
4t
___c
44783 44784._____
P1
==
44785 44786
P2
44787 44788
P3
_
__
_
_
___
____
(j) new
Vigicompact C401 N R E M ".
com lete breaker..
rating
... consisting of:
.c
om
Vi g lcompact mccb's
C401 N/H/L
with Vi g irex RCD
4t
3t + N t2
-------------------- -----
-C
44
9 -44
-e
7
7
7
74
51+-=
4
321-------44
44
fix
0
45
401 N fixed FC
d-----
+
1
Vigi
module
FC
44746 44748 44750 44752
0401
3P 44430 4P 44431
R EM401 I 400/630
plug-In
FC
RC
lJ.
0321
to
ua
ls
fixed
RC
0401
0321
to
0401
plug-in
FC
RC
j
J
lJ.
0321
to
0401
0321
to
0401
rating
Vigicompact C401 L R EM '''
tM
fixed
RC
0321
0401
,.
ar
fixed
FC
per pole 44800
an
rating
Vigicompact C401 H R E M "
C401 N REM fixed FC

plug-in
FC
RC
lJ.
0401
0321
to
tri
=- U--,
0401
.,.
.E
lec
with a Vigirex R CD
and a separate
toroid
0321
to
ca
fixed
RC
lP
f
ix
_e_
d----03
2
1 ----------------------------dt
FC
0401
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
(see page
electrical
auxiliaries)
Vigirex RCD
RH50 220/240 V
220/240 v
50040
50041
RH53A 220/240 V
380/41 5 V
toroidal sensor
I N 0 80
M N 0 120
50107
50108
shielded wire
(2 conductors)
1 = 100 m
50136
50082
50084
ww
(see page
before)
voltage
release
..,a; ... rioe: !:inrl
r.ce sso ries
page
87
part n u m bers
C400 N / H / L ST
com lete breaker...

rating
3P
with built-in solid state release
Compact C400H ST
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
g-in
ll
'
r
ll
44506 44507 44508 44509
C400N ST fixed FC
ST204S
44518 4451 9 44520 44521
C400N ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs (t )
rating
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
3t
4t
li
per pole 44800
per pole 44802

3P 44810 4P 44811
3P 44829 4P 44830
3t + N /2
44530 44531 44532 44533
ST204S
44536 44537 44538 44539
ST204S
44548 44549 44550 44551
C400H ST fixed FC
per pole 44800
C400H ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs t t l
ST204S
44566
:..:.:::.:
:. :...44569
:..:
....: ::.:::.:'---l
:..:::::
:: ': 44568
.:..:..::.
.::: ::._44567
.:.:::.::...:.-=.::
::::
ST204 s s---44570 44290 44571 44291
C400L ST fixed with spacing supports

per pole 44839
per pole 44802
ST204S
44572 44573 44574 44575
::::0-'C:: ---:-:-=:=:=-:-::=:':':---':-:-=:=--::;:::
B
ST204S-::
44576 44292 44577 44293
C400L ST fixed FC with spacing supports

per pole
+ 1 set o f plugs t t )
3P
3P 44810 4P
3P 44829 4P
per pole 44802

3P 44810 4P 44811
3P 44829 4P 44830
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
3!+ N/2
44560 44561 44562 44563

ST204S
28:::9
8_44
56
8=.
564
ST204S B__....:44
.=:5
::...:....:.
... 44
.:=
=-.44
:..:
..: ::.:
:..=
..:.:2:::
'---I
lec
.E
w
ww
4P
ST204S
tri
3P
3t
ca
lP
fixed
FC
3!+ N/2
ST204S
rating
Compact C400L ST
4t
ua
ls
g-In
3t
44500 44501 44502 44503
tM
fixed
RC
3!
ST204S
ar
fixed
FC
... consisting of:

4P
an
Compact C400N ST
.c
om
Comgact mccb's
C400N/H/L ST
with ST control u nits
44839
44802
44811
44830
com lete breaker...
g-in
Vigicompact C400H ST R E M "
'
r
fixed
FC
)

g-in
Vigicompact C400L ST R E M '
'
r
fixed
FC
C400N ST fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module
ST204S
C400N ST REM fixed FC

ST204S

3t
FIuG
,_.,....,
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
+
+
rating
3P
ST204S
44321 44322 44323 44324
ST204S
ST204S
3t
3P
rating
4P
4t
3t
3t + N/2

3P
1 set of short term. shields 3P
C400H ST fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module
3P
3t
C400H ST REM fixed FC

4P
3t
4t
ST204S
ST204SB
voltage
release
Vigirex RCD
220/240 v
50040
50041
220/240 v
50082
RH53A 220/240 V
380/41 5 V
50084
RH50
-----------------i
+
+
1 set of plugs ( 1 )
3P
1 set of short term. shields 3P
44430
4P
44431
per pole
44800
44817
44829
per pole
4P
4P
44802
44818
44830
44430
4P 44431
per pole
44800
per pole
4P
4P
44802
44818
44830
44817
44829
3t + N/2
44325 44326 44327 44328

ST204S
S
B ---=--
S
T20
4
-----=---
lec
.E
3P
REM401 /400/630
(see page
(see previous electrical
page)
auxiliaries)
3t + N/2
REM401 /400/630
tri
llili
and a separate
=
toroid
ww
4t
3t
ca
lP
plug-in
FC
RC
44317 44318 44319 44320
ar
fixed
RC
ST204S
4P
ua
ls
)

fixed
RC
ol:
3P
an
6
v
fixed
FC
.. . consistin
rating
tM
Vigicompact C400N ST R EM ""
.c
om
Vigicompact mccb ' s

C400N/H/L ST
Compact mccb's
C400N/H/L ST
with Vigirex R CD

+ 1 Vigi module
3P 44430
R EM401 I400/630
4P
44431
C400L ST REM fixed FC with spacing supports

+ 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
per pole 44800
+ 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
per pole 44802
3P 44817 4P 44818
+ 1 set of short term. shields 3P 44829 4P 44830
()
toroidal sensors
I N 0 80
MN 0 120
50107
50108
shielded wire
(2 conductors)
1 = 100 m
50136
com lete breaker...
Visucompact C400N ST""

fixed
FC
fixed
FC
earth leakage
Visucompact
C401 N R EM ''
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
earth leakage
Visucompact
C400N ST R E M "
fixed
FC
fixed
RC

specific to the Vlsucompact
t-
4t
3t + N/2
C401 N fixed FC
+ 1 Visu module
0321
to
0401
Vlsucompact C401 N fixed FC
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
ST204S
C400N ST fixed FC
+ 1 Visu module V400
ST204S
Vlsucompact C400N ST fixed FC
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
0321
to
0401
0321
to
0401
rating
3t
3t
3t
3P
ST204S
tri
lec
page 101
.E

AC 50/60 Hz
V)
1401 /400
1 1 0/127(1 )
220/2401 1 )
380/41512)
440/48012)
ww
44411
per pole 44800
44410
4P
4441 1
per pole
44800
Vlsucompact C401 N fixed FC

+
1 Vigi module
REM401/400/630
3P
44430
4P
44431
44430
4P
44431
Vlsucompact C400N ST fixed FC/RC

+
1 Vigi module
REM401/400/630
3P
42906
44413
ilt::_-l:o.:
ccc:k._,_(n
) -lo:..:
pl"'
ie:.:d"3-'po::a:=
dc.:
p<=:::by
L
"'o:c:t-=s:.:u:.c
n
--------=b:.::u.::.
. -::
lied)
41940
by Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 (supp,--
42888
3 P 44833 4 P 44832
3P 44834 4P 44830
(p. 87)
same as fixed Compact C401N or C400N ST
page 1 1 2
T400/630 R0/.d1 .C:: \I .. ......-
3P
4P

resistor:
44410

2 OF

connection
auxiliary double-throw switch

in open position

TS401/400
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
ST204S
=.:=:_:::___-=..
___:::__
_..::.
_
. _::=----J
3t
V400
ua
ls
RC
3t
0321
to
0401
an
fixed
4P
tM
FC
of:
3P
ar
fixed
...consistin
rating
ca
lP
Visucompact C401 W'
.c
om
Visucompact mccb's
C401 N/H/L and
C400N/H/L ST
p a rt n u mbers
C401 N / H / L and C400 N / H / L ST
DC
44975
44976
44977
44978
(V)
241 1 )
48/6011)
1 1 0/12011)
220/2501 1 )
44970
44971
44972
44973
AC
50/60 Hz
DC
(V)
(V)
1 10/12711)
44984
1 10/12511)
220/24011 )
44985
S O E alarm switch
sealable cover
locking of the motor mech. 11l by 1 key lock (not supplied}
(3) Not used for ATS.

* Note: the marks indictj:lo th!lt +h"' -.. --L
44982
44906
42974
44876
L!
with black toggle

red toggle
(V)
48
1 10/1 30
220/240
380/41 5
AC
4491 9
44925
44926
44932
24
30
48
1 10/130
250
300
44923
4491 7
44924
44925
44926
44932
220 V
AC
42882
44925
44926
44649
time delay relay)

50/60 Hz
44925
= MN 1 10/1 30 V DC
+ time delay relay
+ 44930
250/700 ms
auxiliary wire block (see guantit}' !:' 55)
moving eart
3
6
3
6
term.
term.
term.
term.
fixed eart
for all types
accessories
CB
.E
lec

44892
401N/H or
3P
44893
400N/H ST
4P
plug-in FC/RC
44894
3P
C401L or
4P
44895
C400L ST
plug-in FC/RC
3P
C401 N/H or
44896
44897
4P
C400N/H ST
plug-in FC/RC
44898
C401 L or
3P
44899
4P
C400L ST
plug-in FC/RC
consult us
horizontal chassis:
auxiliaries seeclflc to the chassis
ww
auxiliary switches:
39965
indicator for draw-out eosition
39966
indicator for draw-in position
41929
(supplied) Ronis 1 35 1.500
41930
Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
with 1 ke}' lock (supplied) Ronis 1 351 .500 41947
41948
Profalux KS5 B24 GAZ
watertight escutcheon for manual operation
44904
through the door
disconnectable auxiliary wire block for
,,
1 1 () nllln ,; ner block),
__
. .
__

4P
4P
protective shield 2P /3P /4P
for elug-in base
single connector per pole 44813

for 1 cable 7fY" .;; S .;; 30fY"
double connector per pole 44814
for 2 cables 7fY" .;; S .. 240"
angle terminals
for fixed FC
per pole 44815
version
(long terminal shields
compulsory)
for fixed FC or
3P 44841
plug-in FC/RC version 4P 44842

by 3 padlocks
built-in
(not supplied)
1 Ronis ke}' lock 1351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
KS5 B24 D4Z
of the toggle
(in OFF position)

b}' 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936
44826
key locks Interlocking

1 set of 2 Ronis 1 351 .500 41950
key locks (1 single ke}')
"""4JJ;Q,_.;;j >
42878
1 set of 2 Profalux
KS5 B24 D4Z key locks
( 1 single key)
'll!'o.
sealing accessories

cover
for ST release
44937
44587
pack of 10
44829
44830
44831
44832
44836
45853
locking by eadlocks or key lock

43816
connection (see p. 6 1 )
42889
42897
42868
for short shaft
42940
42941
42946
for plug-in Compact
connectors lor bare cables
shaft bracket
tri
3 term.
6 term.
eack of 24 female clies
42942
42943
42944
42945
rear door mounting

short shaft
long shaft
short shaft
ca
short wires
for types N/H
long wires
for type L
chassis lor elug-ln
&
accessories lor converting direct rotary

60 Hz
(V)
1 10/127
220/240
440
MN (with
...
44965
ua
ls
DC
50 Hz
ar
(V)
for toggle (IP43)
lP
AC
44910
4491 1
44912
4491 3
44914

without motor mechanism 44938
43745
an
48/60
1 10/130
220/300
380/480
front door mounting

short shaft 44821
( = 44820 + 42882)
long shaft
44835
( = 44820 + 42884)
rear door mounting
short shaft 44837
( = 44820 + 42889)
long shaft
44840
( = 44820 + 42897)
front door mounting
short shaft 44828
( = 44820 + 45853)
tM
.. .
cut-out grommet lor door
44820
44847
44940

MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC
.c
om
Compact mccb ' s C401 N/H/l

and C400N/H/l ST :
42976
spare parts
cover
2P/3P/4P
toggle extension
'
black toggle for:

rotary handle
Visu module
V400/630
44960
44964
44846
45858
part n u m bers
C630 N / H / L
com lete breaker...
Compact C630H
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
4t
3t + N/2
fixed
RC
45037 45041
45045 45049
45076 45080 45084 45088

45077 45081
45085 45089
3t
4t
4P
C630N without release

+ type 0 release
3P
45002
4P 45003
(here under)
C630N fixed FC
C630N fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs ! 1 l
per pole
44800
per pole
4P
4P
44802
4481 1
44830
3P
3P
44810
44829
3P
45102
3t + N/2
451 1 5 451 19 45123
C630H without release

+ type 0 release
4P 45103
(here under)
451 16 45120 45124 45128
451 1 7 45121 45125 45129
45135 45139 45143
C630H fixed FC
per pole
44800
per pole
4P
4P
44802
448 1 1
44830
45136 45140 45144 45148

45137 45141
45145 45149
45175 45179 45183
Standard type
.E
lec
45075 45079 45083
45176 45180 45184 45188
45177 45181
3P
45185 45189
3t
4t
3t + N/2
45215 45219 45223
45217 45221
45225 45229
45235 45239 45243
45236 45240 45244 45248

45237 45241
45245 45249
45275 45279 45283
45276 45280 45284 45288

45277 45281 45285 45289
44810
44829
4P
&
&
& + Nn
44773 44775 44777 44779

44774 44776 44778 44780
45319 45323 45327
45316 45320 45324 45328
rating
3P
4P
3t
3t
MA500
45360 45364
type
release
(here under)
C630L fixed FC, with spacing support
+ 1 set of connections for support

per pole
per pole
44839
44800
per pole
per pole
3P 44810 4P
3P 44829 4P
44839
44802
4481 1
44830
C630L fixed FC with spacing support

+ 1 set of connections for support
+ 1 set of plugs!1)
Type P release:
release
3P
45315
3P
3P
C630L without release, with spacing supports

3P 45202 4P 45203
45216 45220 45224 45228
C630H fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs ! 1 l
+ 1 set of short term. shield
4P
3t
Type MA release
ww
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
rating
45036 45040 45044 45048
3t
0500
0630
Characteristics : p. 32
45035 45039 45043
tri
plug-in
FC
RC
45025 45029
3P
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
45016 45020 45024 45028
45017 45021
ca
fixed
FC
45015 45019 45023
rating
rating
Compact C630L
trip u n its
3t
ua
ls
plug-in
FC
RC
3t
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
0321
0401 Ul
0500
0630
an
fixed
RC
3P
tM
fixed
FC
. . . consisting of:
4P
rating
ar
C o mpact C630N
.c
om
new
lP
(i)

with type D trip u nit
4t
3t + N/2
Trip unit for DC current (no thermal) with adjustable

magnetics:
P3: 2000 to 4000 A
P1 : 800 to 1600 A
P4: 3200 to 6300 A
P2: 1200 to 2500 A
rating
3P
4P
3t
3t
P1
P2
P3
P4
44783 44784
44785 44786
44787 44788
44789 44790
4t
3t + N/2
Visucompact C630H REM*
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
Visucompact C630L REM*

fixed
FC
ll
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630
0321 Ul
to
0630
3P
4P
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
0630
3t
.E
3t
4t
REM401/400/630
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
0630
3t
45420 45424 45428

45421 45425 45429 45433
45422 45426 45430 45434
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630
voltage
release
C630N REM fixed FC

C630N REM fixed FC

+
1 set of plugs l 1 1
per pole 44800
per pole 44802

3P 44817 4P 44818
3P 44829 4P 44830
C630H fixed FC
1 Vigi module
REM401/400/630
C630H REM fixed FC
C630H REM fixed FC
1 set of plugsl 1 I

per pole 44800
per pole 44802

3P 44817 4P 44818
3P 44829 4P 44830
C630L fixed FC with spacing supports

+
1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630
3P 44430 4P 44431
C630L REM fixed FC, with spacing supports

+
1 set of connections for supports

-
per pole 44839

per pole 44800
C630L REM fixed FC with spacing supports

+
+
+
1
1
1
1
set of connections for supports

per pole
set of plugs l 1 1
per pole
3P 44817 4P
plug-in base FC/RC
set of short term. shields
3P 44829 4P
Vlgirex RCD
toroidal sensors
RH50
IN 0 80
M N 0 1 20
44839
44802
44818
44830
shielded wire
50107
50108
(2 conductors)
1 = 1 00 m
50136
ww
50040
220/240 V
220/240 v
50041
RH53A 220/240 V
50082
380/415 v
50084
3P 44430 4P 44431
3P 44430 4P 44431
3t + N/2
45387 45388 45389

45391 45392 45393 45394
45395 45396 45397 45398
(see page
page)
auxiliaries)
C630N fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module
rating
Compact C630N/H/L
with a Vigirex RCD
and a separate
toroid
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
lec
plug-in
FC
RC
3t + N/2
45400 45404 45408

45401 45405 45409 45413
45402 45406 45410 45414
tri
fixed
RC
4t
ca
lP
fixed
FC
3t
an
plug-in
FC
RC
tM
fixed
RC
3t
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
0630
ar
fixed
FC
consisting of:
4P
ua
ls
complete breaker...
rating
3P
Visucompact C630N REMlf
.c
om
Vigicompact mccb's
C630N/H/L
with Vigirex R C D
page
n"ne
93
17
... consistin of:
com tete breaker ...
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
g-In
ll
rating
3P
ST204S
45500 45501 45502 45503
ST204S
45506 45507 45508 45509
C630N ST fixed FC
ST204S
45518 45519 45520 45521
C630N ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs( 1l
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
with built-In solid state release
rating
3P
fixed
ST204S
45530 45531 45532 45533
fixed
ST204S
45536 45537 45538 45539
ST204S
45548 45549 45550 45551
g-In
FC
fixed
RC
plug-In
FC
RC
ST204S
ST204SB
ll
ST204S
ST204SB
lec
.E
w
ww
3t + N/2
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
C630H ST fixed FC
C630H ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs( 1 l
3P
3P
44800
per pole
4P
4P
44802
4481 1
44830
per pole
44800
per pole
4P
4P
44802
4481 1
44830
44810
44829
44810
44829
3t + N/2
45561 45562 45563 45564

45560 45590 45565 45591
45566 45567 45568 45569
45570 45592 44571 45593
45572 45573 45574 45575

ST204S
45576 45578 44577 45579
4S
B
--
S
T20
-
tri
with built-In solid state release
Ill
,.
4t
ca
lP
fixed
rating
3t
an
RC
4P
tM
j
J
ll
FC
3t
3P
3P
per pole
ar
Compact C630H ST
ua
ls
Compact C630N ST
.c
om
Compact mccb's
C630N/H/L ST
with ST control unit
p a rt n u m bers
C630 N / H / L ST
C630L ST fixed FC with

+ 1 set of connections
+
spacing supports
for supports
per pole
per pole

per
+ 1 set of plugs(1 l
per
3P 4481 0
3P 44829
pole
pole
4P
4P
44839
44800
44839
44802
4481 1
44830
Vigicompact C630N ST R E M "
com lete breaker ...
rating
.. . consisting of:
4t
3t + Ni2
.c
om
Vigicompact C630N/H/L ST
with Vigirex RCD
------------------------------------------------------
= C630N ST fixed FC
ed
45437 45438 45439 45440
ST204S
plug-in
FC
RC
:...__
:...__
=-.__...:
-J =
--.:
.=
:..-.__.=
...
...
____
T2=-=0:.c4-=
S
-cc
-S
-
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
--
ST204S
ST204S
ST204S
ST204SB
..
ST204S
ST204SB
lec
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
3t
4t
voltage
release
per pole 44802

3P 44817 4P 44818
3P 44829 4P 44830
C630H ST fixed FC
Vigi module
REM401 /400/630
+ 1
3P 44430
4P 44431
per pole 44800
1 set of plugs l 1 l
per pole 44802

3P 44817 4P 44818
3P 44829 4P 44830
C630L ST REM fixed FC, with spacing supports
+ 1 Vigi module
3P 44430 4P 44431
REM401/400/630

=
per pole 44839

per pole 44800

+
+ 1 set of plugs I 1 l
+ plug-in base FC/RC
Vigirex RCD
toroidal sensors
50040
RH50 220/240 V
220/240 v
50041
RH53A 220/240 V
50082
380/415 v
50084
IN 0
80
MN 0 1 20
per pole
3P
3P 44817 4P
3P 44829 4P
44839
44802
44818
44830
shielded wire
50107
50108
(2 conductors)
100 m
I =
50136
ww
.E
(see page
page)
auxiliaries)
per pole 44800
3t + N/2
45445 45446 45447 45448
.:::c=-::.c
c
-=.=____...=.__
.
.-..::..-.
:
__
----==------J
tri
a n d a separate
toroid
li"
4P
ca
lP
plug-in
FC
RC
ST204S
ST204SB
3P
3t
ar
rating
Vigicompact C630L ST R E M "
tM
+ 1 set of plugs l1 l

45441 45442 45443 45444
plug-in
FC
RC
rating
Vigico mpact C630H ST R E M "
3P 44430 4P 44431
:::.="-'
.:c
:...-..
--...=.-.
--==-...---=----_..,:...__
...
-J
ua
ls
ST204S
an
fixed
RC
1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630
page
n:lne
93
17
complete breaker...
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
earth leakage
Visucompact
C630N R EM "
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
earth leakage
Visucompact
C630N ST R E M "
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
4t
3t + N/2
= C630N fixed FC
= Visucompact C6300N fixed FC

rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
ST204S
= C630N ST fixed FC
ST204S
= Visucompact C630N ST fixed FC
3t
3t
+ 1 Visu module V630
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t+ N/2
0321 11>
to
0630
0321 11>
to
0630
rating
3t
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
ST204S
ST204S
3P
3P
3P
1 Vigi module REM400/630
3P
45386
per pole
44800
4P
45386
per pole
44800
45385
44430
= Visucompact C630N ST fixed FC/RC

+
4P
45385
= Visucompact C630N fixed FC

+ 1 Vigi module REM400/630
3P
3t
1 Visu module V630
44430
4P
44431
4P
44431
OF standard or CAM earl break depending on mounting

42906
47757
2 OF
44413
b 3 padlock (not supplied)
built-in
in open position
b Ronis ke)! lock 1351-500 (supelied)
41 940
b Profalux ke;t lock KS5 824 04Z (supplied)
42888
3P 44833 4P 44832
short terminal
3P 44834 4P 44830
connection
same as fixed Compact
.E
lec
tri
ca

3t
0321 11>
to
0630
0321 11>
to
0630
an
Visucompact C630N ST"
4P
tM
fixed
RC
3P
ar
fixed
FC
...consisting of:
rating
lP
Visucompact C630N
ua
ls
CD new
.c
om
Visucompact mccb's
C630N/H/L
and C630N/H/L ST
p a rt n u m bers
C630 N / H / L and C630 N / H / L ST
Compact N l typ e (load break switches)
page 1 1 2
automatic and manual s o urce changeover Compact
page 1 01

T630
--[m
'
'
,_.-
'
AC 50/60 Hz
(V)
120/127(1 1
220/240( 1 1
380/415(21
440/480(2 1
DC
44975
44976
44977
44978
(V)
24(1 1
48/60 (1 1
1 10/125(1 1
220/2501 1 1
44970
44971
44972
44973
'
adaptable motor mecha n i s m

TS630
ww

resistor:
T400/630 440/480 v 44978
T400/630 220/?40 II .U07
'
-- - -
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
(V)
1 1 0/127( 1 1
44984
1 10/1 25(11
220/240(11
44985
SOE alarm switch
sealable cover
locking of the motor mech.(1 1 by 1 key lock (not supplied)
(V)
44982
44906
42974
44876
44900
44827

MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC
(VL
) _________________
24------44910
48/60
44911
1 1 0/130
44912
44913
220/300
380/480
44914
DC
AC 50 Hz
(V)
(VCL
) _______
"
48
1 1 0/ 1 30
220/240
380/41 5
44919
44925
44926
44932
24
30
48
1 1 0/ 1 30
250
300
44923
44917
44924
44925
44926
movingJpa
3 term. 42942 rt---short wires
for types N/H
long wires
for type L
fixed part
for all types
6 term.
3 term.
6 term.
accessories
42943
42944
42945
42940
42941
42946
.E
lec
chassis for plug-in CB

C630N/H or
3._
P______:::44
=
89
2
4P
C630N/H ST
44893
plug-in FC/RC
C630L or
3P
44894
4P
C630L ST
44895
plug-in FC/RC
C630N/H or
.::
3P
.:___
__ __:44
:.=
89
::.::
6
C630N/H ST
4P
44897
plug-in FC/RC
C630L or
3P
44898
44899
4P
C630L ST
plug-in FC/RC
consult us
horizontal chassis:
auxiliaries specific to the chassis
auxiliary switches:
39965
indicator for draw-out position
39966
41 929
( supplied Ronis 1351 .500
41 930
Profalux KS5 824 042
1 key lock (supplied)
Ronis 1 351 .500
41947
41948
Profalux KS5 824 GA2
watertight escutcheon for manual operation
44904
through the door
rlir. nnnectable auxiliary wire bloc for
.
ww
f'i\
acce$sories for converting direct rotary

short shaft
long shaft
rear door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
short shaft
shaft bracket
for short shaft

42882
42884
42889
42897
45853
44965
for plug-in Compact

4P
4P
for plug-in base
....
44826

1 set o f 2 Ronis 1351 .500
--_,i]> key locks ( 1 single key)
1 set of 2 Profalux
KS5 824 042 key locks
(1 single key)
sealing accessories
cover
for ST release
pack of 1 0
41950
42878
44937
44587
42976
43816
44829
44830
44831
44832
44836
connectio n (see p. 61)

for 1 cable 7Cf' ..: S ..: 30Cf'
double connector per pole 44814
for 2 cables 7Cf' ..: S ..: 24Cf'
angle terminals
for fixed FC
version
per pole 44815
(long terminal shields
compulsory)
42868

by 3 padlocks
built-in
(not supplied)
1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
KS5 824 042
of the toggle
(in OFF position)
by 3 padlocks
44936
(not supplied)
for toggle (IP43)
spreader
tri
3 term.
6 term.
ca
lP
.-1
front door mounting

short shaft 44821
( = 44820 + 42882)
long shaft
44835
( = 44820 + 42884)
rear door mounting
short shaft 44837
( = 44820 + 42889)
long shaft
44840
( = 44820 + 42897)
front door mounting
short shaft 44828
itll &
( = 44820 + 45853)
44932
AC 60 Hz
(V)
1 1 0/127 44925
220/240 44926
440
44649
220 V AC 50/60 Hz
44925
= MN 1 1 0/130 V DC
+ time delay relay
250/700 ms
+ 44930
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p. 55)
44940
ar
1 CAM (for rotary handle

or Visu module)
ua
ls
30F+1SD----44901
44847
cut-out grommet for door

without motor mechanism 44938
43745
an

1 OF + 1 SO
44820
tM
'

with black toggle
red toggle
.c
om
Compact mccb's
C630N/H/L
and C630N/H/L ST:
for fixed FC or
3P
plug-in FC/RC version 4P
spare parts
cover
'
2P/3P/4P
toggle extension
black toggle for:
rotary handle
Visu module
V400/630
44841
44842
44960
44964
44846
45858
com lete breaker...

rating
3P
Compact C801 N (i)

fixed
FC
fixed
RC
3t
STR 25 DE
... consistin
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
46600 46601 46602 46603
STR 25 DE
46630 46631 46632 46633

ads
46660 46661 46662 46663
fixed
RC
3P
STR 25 DE
46605 46606 46607 46608
3t
STR 25 DE
4P
3t
4t
3t+ N/2
C801 N without control unit
C801 N complete fixed FC

+ rear connections
C801 N complete fixed FC( 1 J
46635 46636 46637 46638

ads
STR 25 DE
lec
.E
w
ww
3t
4P
3t
4t
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
flat
1 piece
+ pads
or edgewise
1 piece
per pole
+ 1 set of plugs
+ 1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P
+
moving chassis
C801 H without trip unit

+ STR 25 DE control unit
for 4P 4t
+ neutral CT
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
3P 46104 4P 46105
(see p. 96)
46220
46223
or for 4P 3t + N/2
C801 H complete fixed FC

+ rear connections
1 piece 46958
C801H complete fixed FC ( l l

+ moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
flat
+ pads
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
1 piece
1 piece
or edgewise
per pole
+ 1 set of plugs
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
3t + N/2
46690 46691 46692 46693
C801 L without control unit

for 4P 4t
+ neutral CT
3P 461 19 4P 46120
(see p. 96)
or for 4P 3t + N/2
='--"'=-----1
46695 46696 46697 46698
ads
46700 46701 46702 46703
tri
fixed
RC
t-
STR 25 DE
3P
ca
lP
fixed
FC
ar
rating
1 piece 46958
+ fixed chassis
46665 46666 46667 46668
Compact C801 L G)
+
+
an
fixed
FC
rating
3P 46101 4P 46102
STR 25 DE control unit
(see p. 96)
neutral CT
for 4P 4t
46220
46223
or for 4P 3t + N/2
tM
Compact C801 H (i)
of:
ua
ls
4D new
.c
om
Compact C801 N/H/L

with ST control u nit
part n u m bers
C801 N / H / L ST and C 1 001 N / H / L ST
C801L complete fixed FC

+ rear connections flat
or edgewise
C801L complete fixed FC ( l l
46220
46223
1 piece 46916
46913
3P 46824 4P 46825
3P 46822 4P 46823
flat
1 piece 46990
or edgewise
1 piece 46988
per pole
46915
+ 1 set of plugs
1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P 46992
+
moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
+ pads
com lete breaker...

rating
3P
3t
fixed
RC
drawout
RC
universal
.
chaSSIS
Comp act
C1 001 H
)
t:J
(i)
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
drawout
RC
univer;5al
chaSSIS
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
)
t:J
STR 25 DE
3t + N/2
flat pads
STR 25 DE
46640 46641 46642 46643
edgewise pads
STR 25 DE
46670 46671 46672 46673
rating
3P
STR 25 DE
4661 5 46616 46617 4661 8
3t
STR 25 DE
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
flat pads
STR 25 DE
46645 46646 46647 46648
edgewise pads
STR 25 DE
46675 46676 46677 46678
STR 25 DE
STR 25 DE
3P
3t
4P
3t
4t
C1 001 N without control unit

for 4P 4t
+ neutral CT
3P 46107
4P 46108
(see p. 96)
46221
46223
C1001 N complete fixed FC
C1001 N complete fixed FC l 1 l
rear connections
piece 46958
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
1 piece
flat
+ pads
or edgewise
1 piece
per pole
+ 1 set of plugs
4P
1
set
of
short
terminal
shields
3P
46993
+
+
moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
C1 001 H without control unit

for 4P 4t
+ neutral CT
3P 46104 4P 46105
(see p. 96)
46221
46223
or for 4P 3t + N/2
C1001 H complete fixed FC

+
rear connections
C1 001 H complete fixed FC l 1 1
C1001 L without control unit

for 4P 4t
+ neutral CT
piece 46958
3P 46824 4P 46825
3P 46820 4P 46821
1 piece 46990
flat
or edgewise
1 piece 46988
per pole
46896
+ 1 set o"t plugs
+ 1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P 46992
+
+
+
moving chassis
fixed chassis
pads
3P 461 12 4P 46123
(see p. 96)
46221
46223
or tor 4P 3t + N/2
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
3t + N/2
46705 46706 46707 46708
flat pads
46710 46711 46712 46713
STR 25 DE
edgewise pads
STR 25 DE
46715 46716 46717 46718
C1 001 L complete fixed FC
C1001L complete fixed FC l 1 l
rear connections flat

or ed ewise
46913
3P 46824 4P
3P 46822 4P
1 piece
flat
1 piece
or edgewise
per pole
+ 1 set of plugs
+
+
+
moving chassis
fixed chassis
pads
1 piece 46916
46825
46823
46990
46988
4691 5
46992
ww
.E
lec
tri
drawout
RC
universal
_
chaSSIS
4t
of:
or for 4P 3t + N/2
rating
C1 001 L (i)
3t
46610 4661 1 46612 46613
ca
lP
C o m pact
t:J
STR 25 DE
. .. consistin
tM
fixed
FC
4P
ua
ls
C1 001 N (i)
ar
Comp act
an
(j) new
.c
om
Compact C1 001 N/H/L

with ST control u nits
oaae
17
4D new
remote control
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
. .. consistin
4P
3t
rating
3P
3t
STR 25 DE
46620 46621
STR 25 DE
4t
46650 46651
ads
3t + N12
= C1251N without control unit
= C1251N complete fixed FC
46652 46653
+ STR 25 DE
+ neutral CT
+
+
+
+
STR 25 DE
46625 46626 46627 46628
STR 25 DE
46635 46636 46637 46638
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
1 piece
flat
1 piece
or edgewise
1 set of plugs
per pole
1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
3P 46116 4P 461 17
(see below)
control unit
46222
for 4P 4t
46223
or for 4P 3t + N/2
= C1251H without control unit
+ STR 25 DE
+ neutral CT
= C1251H complete fixed FC
rear connections
= C1251H complete fixed FC I 1 1
ar
46665 46666 46667 46668
moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
+ pads
1 piece 46958
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
1 piece
flat
or edgewise
1 piece
1 set of plugs
per pole
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
U) Circuit breakers without release

(fixed front connections)
C801 N
3P
C80 1 N
4P
C 1 00 1 N 3P.
46107
C1251N 3P
46102
C 1 00 1 N 4P
46108
C 1 25 1 N 4P
46114
6-"
1O
4
4'-=
C-'H:___3
80
"'
::.c
. 1-=-.
:.,c
::.:P -'
,--6:_:_
05
C
4P
1=
4'-"
H.:___c
80
.___,-_1:.-_
-::
C-=3P -80
6..c
1=
19
4'-=
-=
-c-1cc
l=----=
4P
46120
C80 1 L
C1 001 H 3P
461 1 0
C 1 25 1 H 3P
461 16
C 1 001 H 4P
461 1 1
C 1 25 1 H 4P
461 1 7
C 1 00 1 L 3P
46122
C 1 00 1 L 4P
46123
lP
46101
ca
to complete with : ST TRIP units...

Basic offer
25
25
35
35
35
55
DE
DE f-s
SE
ME
GE
UE
tri
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
STR
Integrated oetion offer
.E
lec
STR 55 UE RF
STR 55 UE TRF
3t + N/2
=c...r:o=---1
ads
ww
4t
1 piece 46958
moving chassis
fixed chassis
pads
an
fixed
RC
3P
3t
tM
fixed
FC
rating
rear connections
= C1251N complete fixed FC I 1 1
46680 46681 46682 46683
4P
3t
3P 461 1 3 4P 461 14
control unit
(see below)
for 4P 4t
46222
46223
or for 4P 3t + N/2
46622 46623
Compact C 1 251 H ST Ul
of:
ua
ls
com lete breaker...
Compact C 1 251 N ST Ul
C801 /C1001 /C1251 ST

without release
ST control u nits
.c
om
Compact mccb's C1251 N/H ST

ST control for C801 N/H/L ST
to C1 251 N/H ST
p a rt n u m bers
C801 N / H / L to C1 251 N / H
46500
Evolutive option offer
46516
5"5 ..:=
U-=:
ST
E__,F::-'C-
46520
=R
46522
STR 55 UE RFC
STR 55 UE TFC
46524
STR 55 UE TRFC
46525
STR 45 BE C
46527
STR 45 BE RC
46528
STR 45 BE TC
46529
STR 45 BE TRC
46530
46517
Zone sel. i nterlock Z
46501
46504
46505
46506
46512
46485(2)
461 13
.c
om
Compact
fixed or
plug-in
(see above)
Vigirex RCD
voltage
release
(see page
electrical
auxiliaries)
toroidal sensor
V
220/240 v
50040
RH53A 2201240
50082
380/415
50084
RH50
ua
ls
Compact
and a separate
toroid

to C1 251 N/H ST:
remote control
to C1 251 N / H ST
with Vigi rex RCD
220/240
50041
page 1 1 2
automatic a n d manual source changeover Compact
page 99

T801 to T1251
AC 50/60 Hz
46928
46929
46930
46931
SDE
ar
Accessories for motor mechanism
tM
440/480(21
1 1 0/127( 1 1
220/240( 1 1
46876
24( 1 1
48160(1 1
1 1 0/ 1 25 ( 1 1
220/250( 1 1
1 1 0/ 1 25 ( 1 1
24/30(1 1
alarm switch
lP
ca
tri
.E
lec
46917
46918
46919
46920
(V)
locking of the motor mech. ( 1 ) by 1 key lock (not supplied)

Ronis 1351 .500 A or Profalux KSS 824 042
50136
DC
sealable cover
ww
(2 conductors)
I = 100 m
(V)
1 10/127( 1 1
AC 50/60 Hz
(V)
shielded wire
50108
50109
DC
(V)
220/240( 1 1
380/41 5(2 1
adaptable motor m echanism

TS801 to TS1 251
an
MN 0 1 20
SN 0 200
46874
46879
46962
(consult us)
44876
p art n u m bers
C801 N / H / L ST to C1 251 N / H ST
rJ.
-:[
-----------
:::;
accessories
auxiliary switches
46933
44900
AC 60 Hz
44910
4491 1
44912
44914
DC
(V)
J_
7
24
30
250
300
4
c-:
4:c:c
923
(V)
V AC 50/60 Hz
= MN 1 10/130 V DC
+ time delay relay
250/700 ms
3
6
3
6
term.
term.
term.
term.
fixed part
3 term.
6 term.
44925
44930
42942
short shaft
long shaft
rear door mounting
short shaft
long shaft
short shaft
for short shaft

(always included on rota
42944
42945
42940
42941
ww
.E
lec
42946
42882
42884
for release, adjustment

cover
circuit label-holder
42868
(circuit-breaker in "OFF" position)

by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in
1 Ranis key lock 1 351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
KS5 624 D4Z
tor withdrawable circuit-breaker
locking device for 1 or 2

keylocks [ not supplied)
...
....
__
_____
3
-'46
99.::
":
46992
:c
3P
c._
short
( 1 line side 4P
or load side)
3P
long
':-=-( 1 line side 4P
or load side)
9-::
46
9
-c:-:9:-:
46995
__
____
connection (see p. 62)
connectors for 4 Cu or AI cables
70 "' s "' 240
1 set with
3P
4P
long terminal shield
(line side or load side)
46960
46994
connection pads
)b
n
'
-
for fixed RC Compact N/H
edgewise pads 1 piece

for fixed RC Compact L
flat pads 1 piece

edegewise pads 1 piece
complementary pads
for cables
testing devices
46974
keylocks for locking in draw-out

position (free key)
1 keylock Ranis 1351 .500 41940

Profalux
42888
KS5 824 D4Z
1 set of 2 keylocks ( 1 key only)
Ranis 1 351 .500 41950
42878
Profalux
KS 824 D4Z
44938
tor fixed breaker
. , ..-.; r:

42976
door cut-out grommet
42889
45853
46939
44937
set of 1 0
42897
shaft bracket
42943
tri
for all types

44932
moving part
short wires
for types N/H
long wire
tor type L
ca
46938
short shaft
( 46933 + 45853)
44917
44926
__
__
4c:;
4
4::_;
92
::.:'
-"
48
==----c
---c
--
1 10/130 44925
/1
\
an
44913
1 10/127 44925
220/240 44926
44649
440
220
46935
short shaft
( 46933 + 42882)
long shaft
46937
( = 46933 + 42884)
rear door mounting
short shaft
46871
( = 46933 + 42889)
long shaft
46872
( = 46933 + 42897)
tM
__
46964
ar
(V)
48
44919
1 10/130 44925
6
22::_:0:./2
49
. 0 -'4
=-:2
=
:.:=.4:_::
:::
380/4
2
_3
49
_15___4
sealing accessories
46963
lP
AC 50 Hz
(tor breakers with rota handle and

withdrawable breakers)
1 set of 2 key locks
41950
Ranis 1 351 .500 (1 key only)
1 set of 2 key locks
42878
( 1 key only)
ua
ls
1 C A M fo r rota handle
orVis=umodule)----
double-throw micro-switches
"plugged-in" position
"withdrawn" position
voltage releases (for remote tripping)
MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC (V)
24
48/60
1 10/130
220/300
380/480
.c
om
(j) new
Compact mccb's
C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST
auxiliaries, accessories
46958
46916
46913
46902
testing kit
55651
testing unit
43362
+ adaptator for
STR control unit
46900
spare parts
cover
3P/4P
46997
keylocks for locking in draw-in

position (free key)
1 key
Ranis 1 351 .500

Profalux
KS5 824 D4Z
of the toggle
(in "OFF" position)
41945
42900
44936
(for fixed breakers with rota handle)

mechanical device
46946
'
extended toggle : short

long
black toggle for:
rotary handle
Visu module V800
red toggle for:
rota handle
46998
46996
46970
47759
46971
(i) new
standard chassis for C801 N / H / L to C 1 251 N / H G)
ll
...to complete with:
4P
3P
3t
3t
4t
3t + N/2
for
for
for
C801N/H 46851 46853 46853 46853

C1001 N/H
C1251 N/H
for
C801 / 1 001L 46852 46854 46854 46854
1 C801 N/H/L
or
C1001N/H/L
+ 1 set of plugs
1 pads
or
1 C1251 N/H FC/RC
per pole
1 piece
1 piece
flat
or edgewise
ua
ls
plug-in
FC
RC
comf>lete chassis...
.c
om
Compact mccb's
C801 N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST
standard chassis
auxiliaries, accessories and
connections for draw-out
versions
+ terminal shields
(1
piece)
3P
46993
4P
46896
46990
46988
46992
auxiliaries, accessories and connections specific to d raw-out versions
eWI
auxiliaries
moving part short wire
(N/H
types)
3 terms
6 terms
(l type)
3 terms
6 terms
fixed part for all types
an
long wire
3 terms
6 terms
trip unit O!)tions wire block ( 1 0 wires)
moving part (long wire for
N/H/L
types)
tM
fixed part (for all types)
std
chassis
univ.
chassis
42942
42943
42944
42945
42940
42941
42946
42942
42943
42944
42945
42940
42941
42946
46894
46893
46894 IV
46893 IV
connection set of auxiliaries ( replaces the standard auxiliary wire blocks)
< -
auxiliary switches
ar
e
e
w
c
c
on
ik
e
r
w
)
6
h
tio
se
e
ex
ns
it
s2
sL
tr
46841
46989
n
n
t(
ir
t
io
n
----------------------
----
additional connection set (6 wires)
41928
41928
39965
46963
46837
46963
1 set
39967
39967
indicator for draw-out position
lP
closing devices IP 20 for auxiliary wire block
accessories
door frame for chassis (IP 40)
door cut-out grommet (IP40)
ca
door frame with porthole and grommet for standard toggle
door frame with porthole and grommet for rotary handle

locking in draw-out position (lock supplied - 1 key)
Ronis 1 351 8
Profalux
KS5
824 D4Z
tri
locking in draw-in. out position (lock supplied - 1 key)

Ronis 1 35 1 A
Profalux
ww
.E
lec
--1
KS5
824 G4Z
locking for 1 or
46977
46831
46832
41947
41948
locks Ronis or Profalux (not supplied)
racking interlock
Castell locking (key lock not supplied)
Kirk locking (key lock not supplied)
key locks
1 key lock Ronis
1351 .500 (key free)

KS5 824 D4Z (key free)
Profalux
additional key lock
46831 Ul
46832 IV
41929
41930
door interlock
insulating shutter IP40 (1 unit)
46830 Ul
46987
46833
46834
46835
46838
46836
46987
ij)
IV
IV
IV
IV
41940
42888
*
1=on
41945
R"s--'
35
.A
:cci=
=1c.c.:
:-------------------------------------=:..:=-
:...:.
CC.
c'-c:-:c:-:c::c
Profalux KS5 824 G4Z*
42900
(additional key lock enables to prevent locking by main key lock)
fixed Visucompact
com rete breaker...
3P
rating
6
,.
Visucompact C1 251 N ST"
Visucompact C801 N ST"

drawou
RC
Visucompact C 1 001 N ST
rating
rating
drawou
RC
3t
4t
3t + N/2
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
3t
flat pads
edgewise pads
tt:J
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
3t
C801 N ST complete fixed FC (see page 94)
+ Visu module V801

with intermediate cover
3P 46907 4P 46908
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3P 46940 4P 46941
C801N ST fixed FC (see page 94)
3t
4t
3t + N/2
rating
3P
4P
3t
4t
3t + N/2
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
flat
( 1 piece)
or edgewise ( 1 piece)
(per pole)
1 set of plugs
door frame for chassis
door frame for standard toggle
rotary handle
(1 unit)
insulatin shutter
+ moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
+ pads
+
flat pads
edgewise eads
flat eads
edgewise eads
+
+
or
+
4P
3t
C1251N ST complete fixed FC (see page 96)

+ visu module V1251
3P 46909 4P 46910
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3 P 46942 4 P 46943
3P
3t
C1001H ST complete fixed FC (see page 95)

+ Visu module V1251
3P 46909 4P 46910
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3P 46942 4P 46943
rating
lec
Visucompact C1 251 N ST
4P
3t
tri
drawou
RC
3P
ca
lP
drawout Visucompact
ua
ls
rating
fixed
FC
3t + N/2
an
fixed
FC
4t
3t
e.
Visucompact C 1 001 N Sr"
3t
of:
tM
fixed
FC
...consistin
4P
ar
Visucompact C801 N ST"
.c
om
Visucompact mccb ' s

C801 N to C1 251 N
p a rt n u m bers
C801 N / H / L to C 1 251 N / H
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
46992
46830
46831
46832
46987

+ accessories: as C801 N (see above)

+ accessories : as C801N (see above)
a u xil iaries, accessories and connections specific to the fixed Visucompact
.E
w
To mount the Vi hln,.. a,.

connection for Visucompact C801N
connection for Visucompact C1001 N
connection for Visucompact C125 1 N
ww
(1 )
locking of the Visu module in open

position
..
- - - - ._ -
'
O F standard or CAM early break depending on mounting 42906

2 OF
47757
buit-in
by Ronis key lock 1351 -500 (supplied)
41940
by Profalux key lock KS5 824 042 (supplied)
42888
line side (phase separators)
3P/4P 47756
load side
3P 46999 4P 46995
line side, same as lnterpact IN1000
see page 111
load side, same as Compact C801 N
see page 98
line side, same as lnterpact IN1000
see page 111
load side, same as Compact C100 1 N
page 98
line side, same a s lnterpact IN1600
see page 1 1 1
load side, same as Compact C 1 25 1 N
see page 98
)--- ---- -v---- ---)-1

l
fixed
FC
3P
4P
j
plug-in J
j
J
g-in
j
J
g-in
lt
j
3P
C250 N / H / L ''
load
Normal
(see p. 70)
3P
FC
4P
Normal
4P
.E
lec
fixed
FC
fixed
4P
fixed
RC
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
3P
ST(3l
Normal
C401 N/H/LI3l
(see p. 82)
to
C630N/H/L
ST(3l
Normal
C801 N/H
fixed
FC
C630NIH/L
(see p. 90)
RC
3P
(see p. 76)
to
(see p. 90)
tri
3P
C401N/H/LI3l
::::
(see p. 94)
or
C1001N/H
ST
C1251 N/H
ST
(see p. 95)
or
(see p.
4P
ST
96)
+ relacement
+ C401 N/H/L
(see p. 82)
+ to
(see p. 90)
re(!lacement
C801N/H ST
(see p. 94)
C1001N/H
ST
C1251N/H
ST
(see p. 95)
or
96)
relacement
C801L ST
(see p. 94)
+ C1001L
(see p. 95)
or
or
ST
ST
(see p. 95)
...._ ___
ST
(see p. 94)
or
C1001L
+ C250N/H/L
(see p. 78)
(see p.
Normal
C801L ST
--
re(!lacement
C630N/H/L
i+h tunP.
N or H
+ accessories
+ 1 plate with interlocking
v
v
v
v
39851
39853
40581
40582
44888
44891
44889
44890
42972
43743
+ 2 motor mechanisms T250

220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz 2 x 43776
+ 1 automatism AC 50 Hz
220 v
44888
240 v
44891
380 v
44889
415 v
44890
ar
(see p. 78)
fixed
RC
+ C250N/Hfl
(see p. 78)
C250NfHfL(3)
39815
220/240
380/415
for C161 N/H/L: T161
220/240
380/41 5
+ 1 automatism AC 50 Hz(2) 220 V
240 v
380 v
415 v
+ raising accessory
(case of C 1 6 1 L x C101 N/H/L)
+ relacement
Normal
ca
fixed
+ accessories
+ 2 remote control units
for C101 /N/H/L: T101
(see p. 74)
lP
FC
RC
C401 /C400/C630N / H / L *
C630N/ H / L ST*
( see p. 70)
(see p. 74)
FC
RC
relacement
C101N/H/L
C161N/H/L
C161N/H/L
4P
fixed
C101N/H/L
fixed
lllll- r:r lllll
Note:
the higher rating is always on the left,
on normal incoming ;
for Compact fixed FC, i t i s possible to
associate a type L with a type N/H by
using spacing supports which balance the
difference of depth(4).
an
llllf r:r lllll

llllf- r:r lllll
lllll- r:r lllll
ww
automatiSm
tM
C 1 01 N / H / L - C 1 6 1 N / H / L
C801 L ST".
C 1 001 L ST'"
R replacemenl

equipped with :
different types of breakers N, H or L;
different ratings;
different trip unit (D, G, SA. .. ).
C250N + C250N
C801 N / H ST"
C1 001 N / H ST'"
C 1 251 N / H ST''
N normal
ua
ls

constitution
.c
om
part n u m b ers
with C1 01 to C 1 251 N / H / L
+ accessories
+ 1 motor mechanism T400/630
220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz
+ 1 motor mechanism T250
220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz
220 v
240 v
380 v
415 v
+ accessories
43744
44976
43776
44888
44891
44889
44890
44855
2 motor mechanisms T400/630

220/240 V(2) AC 50 Hz 2 x 44976
44888
220 v
44891
240 v
44889
380 v
44890
415 v
+ accessories
46947
+ 2 motor mechanisms T801 / 1 001 / 1 251
220/240 V(2) AC 50 Hz 2 x 46929
44888
220 V
240 v
44891
44889
380 v
415 v
44890
+ accessories
+
+
46947
2 motor mechanisms T801f100 1 / 1 25 1

220/240 V(2l AC 5 0 Hz 2 x 46929
44888
220 v
1 automatism AC 50 Hz
44891
240 v
380 v
44889
415 v
44890
oaae 1 7
.c
om
part n umbers
manual source changeover
with C 1 01 to C 1 251 N / H / L
manual source changeover
fixed
RC
g-in
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
C 1 01 to
C 1 251 N / H / l
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
3P
4P
Normal
C101 to
630N/H/L
(see p. 68 to 88)
Normal
C801 to
C1251N/H/L
(see p. 92 to 94)
'
r
3P
4P
Normal
C101 to
C1251 N/H/L
(see p. 68 to 88)
tri
lec
.E
w
....
replacement
C101 to
C630N/H/L
+ 1 mechanical interlocking
(see p. 68 to 88)
+ 1 direct rotary handle

per switch
C101/C161
C250
C400/630
replacement
C801 to
C1251 N/H/L
ST
(see p. 92 to 94)
+
+
1 direct rotary handle per switch
C801 to C125 1
44826
41310
43820
44820
46946
46933
Thrs rnterlockrng rs easrly set up by the

addition, on each breaker, of the locking
device, which can be equipped with 2
locks bearing the same key number.
The one and only key will lock out only
one of the breakers.
ww
ST
ca
lP
C801 to
C 1 251 N / H / l ST''
4P
an
FC
3P
tM
fixed
ar
j
)

C 1 01 to
C630N/H/L ;:
It is necessary to equip each breaker with

a direct rotary handle, for mounting of the
mechanism which interlocks the handles.
The rating, the trip units and the number of
poles of the breakers can be different. On
the other hand, the versions (fixed, plug-in,
front or rear connected) must be identical.
ua
ls
The manual source changeover with

mechanical interlocking is composed of:
1 mechanical interlocking device
2 Compact breakers.
The Compact breakers are installed side by
side, on panel or rails, without plate.
with mechanical interlocking
replacement
C101 to
C1251 N/H/L
(see p. 68 to 88)
1 direct rotary handle per switch

C101/C161
C250
C400/630
C801 to
C1251
1
set
of
2
keys
locks
(
1
single key) :
+
Ranis 1351 .500
Profalux KS5 824 D4E
+
41310
43820
44820
46933
41950
42878
.c
om
l oad break
switches
switc hes, enclosures
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
lnterpact load break switches

Compact load break switches
Fupact fuse-switches
individual enclosures
page
1 06
1 12
114
116
ww
.E
lec
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
ua
ls
.c
om
.c
om
switches
63 to 2500 A
ua
ls
for circuit control
couplin g
an
In the event of a normal supply failure, the

switch enables the essential supply
feeders, supplied via the standby source
to be isolated from the non-essential side
of the system.
distribution
ar
ca
lP
motor control
When fitted to the line side of the motor,
the switch provides either local or remote
isolation of the motor from the system, for
maintenance purposes etc.
tM
As a main incomer of the secondary

switchboard, where protection is provided
upstream, the switch enables the
secondary switchboard to be isolated.
tri
which switch should you

choose?
.E
lec
l nterpact load break

switches
ww
Compact Nl load break

switches
A simple high performance switch

specifically designed for isolation and
control, the range comes complete with a
full range of accessories which include :
auxiliary contacts for on/off indication
and control
auxiliary for early break
installation accessories
3 and 4 pole versions
padlocking/changeover facility
compliance with B.S. etc, AC22/23 rated
I N63T to I N2500
A high performance switch utilising

Moulded Case Circuit Breaker technology
and hence offering the advantages of a
MCCB, i.e. :
O.F. auxiliary contact for on/off
indication
CAM switch for early break
MX shunt trip and MN undervoltage
releases
Vigi module for earth fault protection,
adaptable remote control facility
available as source changeover system
full range of installation accessories
full range of connection accessories
padlocking/changeover facility
compliance with B.S. etc AC22/23 rated
3 and 4 pole versions.
C1 01 N I to C1 251 N I
switc hes
l nterpact l oad break switches
I N63T to I N 2500
tM
presentation
an
ua
ls
.c
om
description
characteristics
lP
ar
lnterpact is a range of 63 to 2500 A, 3 or

4-pole switches, of moulded case
construction with double break contact
configuration.
They are used for control and isolation of
distribution circuits:
main switch,
coupling,
head of divisional switchboard,
" motor" circuit control,
local isolating device,
etc.
ca
The lnterpact range can be fitted with

auxiliaries such as :
auxiliary contacts,
installation accessories,
connection accessories,
etc. (for further details refer to following
pages)
tri
positive break indication
ww
.E
lec
All lnterpact devices provide isolation with

positive break indication.
Their control handle can only indicate the
"off" position if all the contacts are indeed
open and a proper distance apart.
i nstallation
lnterpact switches are installed on a panel

or on metal supports, and can operate in
all positions.
Degree of protection
bare unit with terminal shields
IP40
unit in enclosure direct handles
IP40
or cubicle with
extended handles IP55
tropicalisation
lnterpact switches and their auxiliaries are
tropicalised.
They comply with the following standards:
IEC 68-2-30 Damp heat
IEC 68-2-2
Dry heat
IEC 68-2-1 1 Salt mist
IEC 68-2-1
Cold temperature withstand.
standards
lnterpact switches comply with:
IEC 408 recommendations,
French Standard NF C63-1 30,
German Standard VDE 0660,
British Standard BS 5419,
Italian Standard CEI.
.c
om
auxil iaries, accessories
auxiliaries a n d accessories
"
Lateral rotary handle

The standard direct rotary handle on
lnterpact IN63T to I N 1 60T switches m ay
be converted into a lateral direct rotary
handle by an optional accessory kit.
Extended rotary handle (IP557) is
obtained by adding to the standard rotary
handle an accessory kit comprising :
an escutcheon to be fitted in front of
the door to accomodate the handle,
an extension shaft.
The extended rotary handle does not alter
the visible break indication function, and
can be optionally fitted wit h :
a shaft bracket t o eliminate vertical play
at the end of the shaft.
a door latch which only allows the door
to be opened when the handle is i n
the"open" position.
To lock the lnterpact in the"open"

position, the handle includes:
a padlock fitting for 3 padlocks (not
supplied) built into the toggle of all the
lnterpact devices (1 padlock only for
IN63T) ;
a pre-drilled location on the IN250 to
IN2500 to fit 1 key lock ( supplied as
option), with a key held captive when the
lnterpact is in the"closed" position.
Locking possibilities
lnterpact
padlock
0 hasp
(mm)
IN63T t o I N 1 60T 5 to 8
IN250
5 to 8
IN400 to IN630 6 to 8
IN1000 to IN2500 5 to 8
Mechanical interlocking
This interlocking equips the lnterpact
IN63T to IN630. It is achieved by a
mechanism which connects the handles of
2 direct control lnterpacts to constitute a
manual source changeover. This device
prevents both switches from being closed
at the same time, but allows them to be
opened.
Interlocking by key locks

This interlocking equips the lnte rpact
IN250 to IN2500. Both lnterpacts are
equipped with a standard interlock
associating 2 key locks and a single key.
This solution enables 2 geographically
distant switches to be interlocked.
tM
Possible combinations
Inter pact
I block block block
I 1 OF 2 OF CAM
i
1
IN63T
+1
I N 1 25T, I N 1 60T, IN250 1
1
+1
IN400, IN630,
+1
I N 1 000, I N 1 600,
IN2500
shaft bracket
for IN63T to IN160T
... .-
...
..
lec
,.,.
tri
mechanical
interlocking
ca
lP
for IN250 to IN2500
Interlocking
..
ar
Locking by padlocks or key lock
ua
ls
..
Extended and lateral rotary handle
The CAM switch is a common point

auxiliary changeover contact which,
depending on how it is fitted, can provide :
either the OF function, connected with
the lnterpact "on" or "off" position,
or the CAM function, for early break or
early make ( break only on IN63T).
Note: a block with 2 changeover contacts
is also available for the IN400 to IN2500
(OF function only).
11
an
CAM switch
The terminal shields are sealable

insulating accessories used to avoid direct
contacts with live parts.
Depending on the switch type, the
lnterpact can be fitted :
either with short or long terminal
shields,
or with phase separators.
key lock
type
without
Ronis 1 35 1 .500
or Profalux
KSS 824 D4Z
The terminal shields are always supplied

with their sealing accessories.
lnterpact
IN63T to IN160T
IN250 to IN630
I N 1 000 to IN2500
term. shields phase

seQ_arators
short long
.E
connectio n
Direct connection
IN63T
bare cables
IN125 to IN630
bars or cables
with crimped lugs
IN2500
. T
,
Connection with accessories

connectors
Polybloc
for I N 1 25T
for I N 1 25T
to IN630
and I N 1 60T
ww
IN1000 and IN1 600

bars
angle terminals
for I N 1 25T
to IN630
for I N 1 000
and I N 1600
edgewise pads
for I N 1 000
and I N 1 600
connectors
for I N 2500
IN1 25T
IN1 60T
1 25
1 25
1 25
125
660
500
3, 4
20
5.5
1 5000
1 000
160
160
160
160
660
500
3, 4
20
5.5
1 5000
1 000
63
50
80
50
125
50
160
50
125
50
160
50
I N63T
rated service current (A)
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
rated voltage M
cl. AC 22 (U .;; 400 V)

cl. AC 23 (U .;; 400 V)
ct. DC 23 (U .;; 250 V) l 1 l
number of poles
short circuit making current (kA peak)
withstand current (kA rms for 1 s)
mechanical
endurance
electrical at 415 V
(CO)
p rotectio n
OF switches
CAM switch
terminal shields
connection accessories
padlocking device
locking device
key lock interlocking
.E
lec
tri
adaptable auxiliaries
ca
adaptable auxiliaries
lP
aM type fuse12 l max. (A)

lsc max. (kA rms)
g 1 type fuses max. (A)
lsc max. (kA rms)
auxi l ia ries and accessories
i nsta l l ati on
version
connection
fixed
overall dimensions (mm)
ww
weight (kg)
3P
4P
3P
4P
..
(1) Number of poles involved in breaking :

1 a t 48 V, 2 a t 125 V, a t 250 V.
(2) aM fuses must be systematically associated with a
thermal release.
(3) Phase separators.
(4) With no time delayed trip unit.
(5) lsc maxi = 40 kA rms.
(6) For other tvn:c ,.,f h - - - - -
NC100
C101N
C161 N
ar
Compact circuit breaker l6l

(lsc max. breaking capacity
of the CB)
upstream protection
63
63
63
63
660
500
3, 4
15
2.5
1 5000
1 000
tM
rated current (A) at 60 C
an
c haracteristics
ua
ls
lnterpact
.c
om
characteristics
switches
l nterpact load b reak switches
I N63T to I N2500
FC
H
85
85
0.75
0.80
w
1 20
120
D
105
105
C161N/L
FC
H
128
128
1 .4
1 .5
w
1 70
170
C161 N/H/L
RC
D
105
1 05
FC
H
1 28
128
1 .4
1.5
w
170
170
RC
D
1 05
1 05
.c
om
'
.I
I N400
I N630
IN1 000
250
250
250
250
660
500
3, 4
30
8.5
1 0000
1000
400
400
400
400
660
500
3, 4
40
12
1 0000
1 000
630
630
500
630
660
500
3, 4
50
25
1 0000
1000
1 000
1 000
630
1 000
660
500
3, 4
75
35
1 500
500
C250N/H/L
C40 1 N
C400N
250
1 00
315
100
400
100
500
100
w
230
230
ww
H
1 70
170
2.7
2.8
RC
0
151
151
FC
H
230
230
4.3
4.7
1600
1600
2500
2500
1 600
660
500
3, 4
75
35
1500
250
660
500
3, 4
1 05
50
1500
250
tM
ar
C801 N/H 15l

C 1 001 N/H i5l
C 1 25 1 N/H i5l
C801 /C1001L 17l
C1001 N/H 15l

C 1 25 1 N/H l5l
C 1 001 L 17l
Compact CM 14ll5l
Compact CM 14ll5l
1 3)
. (3)
. (3)
lP
ST
ca
500
1 00
630
100
tri
.E
lec
FC
C630N/H
C630N/H
ST
I N 1 600
an
I N250
ua
ls
RC
w
280
280
0
1 70
170
FC
H
230
230
4.8
5.3
RC
w
280
280
0
1 70
170
FC
H
300
300
12
15
w
340
410
0
200
200
FC
FC
H
300
300
15
18
w
340
410
D
200
200
H
440
440
35
45
w
340
410
D
3 1 1 .5
31 1 .5
switches
l nterpact load break switches
I N63T to I N2500
com lete switch...
fixed
RC
fixed
I N 1 60r
FC
fixed
RC
I N250'
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
I N400'
-
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
I N630'
fixed
FC
...
RC
I N 1 000
fixed
FC
.I
fixed
.E
I N 1 600
FC
. .
ww
'"'}'
IN2500
&-
4P
3P
42710 4271 1
lec
3P
4P
41835 41836
'
+ 1 set of rear connections per pole 41190
IN160T fixed FC
IN250 fixed FC
IN400 fixed FC
IN630 fixed FC
4P
3P
44850 44851
per pole 44800
3P
4P
45850 45851
3P
4P
47775 47751
4P
3P
47776 47851
3p
4p
-------------===---
flx ed
47777 47855
FC
IN125T fixed FC
4P
3P
43850 43851
tri
fixed
'
ua
ls
FC
an
fixed
I N 1 2Sr
of
tM
FC
ar
fixed
ca
lP
IN63T
. .. consistin
3P
4P
41 830 41831
.c
om
part numbers
----
with black toggle

built-in
red toggle
IN63T
41 847
I N 1 25T/IN1 60T
41848
IN250
44847
IN400/IN630
45859
lateral rotary handle
with black toggle
IN63T
41 826
I N 1 25T/1 60T
41 827
red toggle only
I N63T
41822
I N 1 25T/ 1 60T
41824
accessories for converting direct handle
to extended handle
41839
IN63T to I N 1 60T
45853
IN250 to IN630
47753
I N 1 000 to IN2500
for lateral rotary handle
IN1 25T/I N 1 60T
41825
locking of the toggle
built-in
by 3 padlocks
(1 padlock on IN63T)
by key lock (in open and closed
position) for IN250 to I N2500
1 Ronis key lock 1351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock
42888
K25 824 04Z
door locking for switch in closed position
(only for extended rotary handle)
I N63T to I N 1 60T
41840
I N250 to I N2500
47754
(only for direct rotary handle)
41846
IN63T to I N 1 60T
45856
I N250 to IN630

IN63T
built-in
s .;;;; 35
I N 1 25T
1 6 .;;;; s .;;;; 70 per pole 41 838
I N 1 60T
1 6 .;;;; s .;;;; 95 per pole 41 838
IN250T
1 6 .;;;; S .;;;; 1 85 per pole 43813
extension of rear connections
(compulsory when per pole 43848
spacing supports)
IN400/IN630
( 1 cable S .;;;; 300)
double connector per pole 4481 4
(2 cables S .;;;; 240)
edgewise pads
I N 1 000
per pole 47758
per pole 47858
I N 1 600
ca
lP
g,_.,
spreader
IN400/IN630
(!]
tri
lec
.E
key lock interlocking

for IN250 to IN2500
1 set of 2 Ronis 1 351 .500 41 950
key locks ( 1 single key)
42878
1 set of 2 Profalux
KS5 824 04Z key locks
(1 single key)
short term. shields (1 set)
3P/4P 43830
IN250
3P/4P 44830
IN400/IN630
long term. shields (1 set)
I N63T
3P/4P 41841
3P/4P 41 842
I N 1 25T/IN1 60T
3P/4P 43832
IN250
3P/4P 44832
IN400/IN630
phase separators (1 set)
_.,.,
11\11000/IN 1 600
3P/4P 47756
ww
ua
ls
accessories
an
47757
tM
41843
42906
Polybloc terminal (for bare cables)

I N 125T/I N 1 60T
6 cables S .;;;; 1 00
07100
ar
auxiliary contacts
1 OF or CAM ( 1 )
I N63T t o I N 1 60T
IN250 to IN2500
2 OF
IN400 to IN2500
con nection
electrical a u x i l i a ries
'
.c
om
I N 1 000 ( 1 set)
I N 1 600 (1 set)
connectors
I N2500
3P 44841
4P 44842
3P
4P
3P 2 X
4P 2 X
47760
47761
47760
47761
1 piece 55675
spare parts
black toggle (for direct rotary handle)

41 844
IN63T
I N 1 25T/IN 1 60T
41845
44846
IN250
IN400/IN630
45858
47759
I N 1 000/I N 1 600
47862
IN2500
characteristics
ua
ls
.c
om
switches
Com pact l oad break switch es
C1 01 N I to C1 251 N I
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
Compact
ww
.E
versions
lec
adaptable
accessories
tri
auxiliaries
(1) According to IEC standards, AC 21, AC 22 and AC

23 classes correspond to normal operation with alterna
ting current, and DC 2 1 , DC 22 and DC 23 normal
operation with direct current.
(2) Number of pole involved in breakina: 2P "' ?<;n 11
.d.P
,.+ t::.fV \\1.
fixed
FC
C1 61 N I
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
C225Nl
Cj) fixed
FC
plug-in
FC
RC
fixed
RC
C101 Nl fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear connections( 1 )
C101 Nl fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
per pole 39985
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC 2P 39972 3P 39973 4P 39974
2P/3P 39983 4P 39984
C161 Nl fixed FC
40902 40903 40904
2P
fixed
RC
C630N I'
fixed
FC
.E
fixed
RC
plug-in
FC
RC
ww
C801 N I
C1 251 N I >
3P
j
J
ll
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
drawout
R C !2l
!
)
:fj.
.
--
per pole 41 1 90
C161 Nl fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
per pole 41194
+ 1 plug-in base FC!RC 2P 41195 3P 41 1 96 4P 41197
2P/3P 42960 4P 42961
4P
43325 43326 43327
lec
plug-in
FC
RC
per pole 39998
43676
44792 44793
tri
C401 N J
)
j
ca
lP
fixed
FC
fixed
RC
fixed
RC
C250N I
ll
j
an
plug-in
FC
RC
tM
fixed
RC
... consi sting of:
ar
C1 01 N I
com lete switch ...

3P
4P
2P
39702 39703 39704
fixed
FC
ua
ls
(i) new
.c
om
part numbers
45379 45380
C225NI fixed FC
+ 1 set of rear connection
per pole 43472
C250NI without release, fixed FC

2P 43001 3P 43002 4P 43003
+ 1 switch module
2P /3P 43323 4P 43324
C250NI fixed FC
per pole 43800
C250NI fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
per pole
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC 2P 43809 3P 43810 4P
2P/3P 43829 4P
C401 NI without release, fixed FC
3P 44661 4P
+ 1 switch module
3P 45375 4P
C401 NI fixed FC
per pole
C401 Nl fixed FC
C630NI without release, fixed FC
+ 1 switch module
C630NI fixed FC
C630NI fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs
+ 1 plug-in base FCIRC
43802
43811
43830
44662
45376
44800
p e r pole 44802
3P 44810 4P 44811
3P 44829 4P 44830
3P 45002 4P 45003
3P 45375 4P 45376
per pole 44800
per pole 44802

3P 44810 4P 4481 1
3P 44829 4P 44830
C801NI 46045 46046

C1251 NI 48048 48049
C801 NI or C1251 NI fixed FC

+ 1 rear connections
C801 NI or C1251NI
+ moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
+ pads
1 piece 46958
-----
3P 46824 4P
3P 46822 4P
1 piece
flat
1 piece
or edgewise
+ 1 set of plugs
per pole
+ 1 set of short terminal shields
3 p
4P
46825
46823
46990
46988
46915
46993
46992
.c
om
description,
characteristics
switches
Fupact fuse-switches U C50 to U D630T
models
The Fupact range incl ude s :

2 models for cylindrical fuses ( U C50
and U C 1 25),
6 models from 63 to 630 A for fuses of
D I N type ( UD63-U D 1 25-UD 1 60-U D250T
U D400T-UD630T)
Number of poles:
3 poles with 3 fuses ;
4 poles with 3 fuses, neutral broken and
unprotected (link provided ) ;
4 poles with 4 fuses (except UD63).
ua
ls
application
The Fupact fuse-switches are designed
for:
control, protection and isolation in the
switching of highly inductive loads
(transformers, capacitors ... ) ;
the protection and isolation of motor
control circuits. They are used in all AC
and DC circuits at voltages up to 660 V.
standards
Fupact fuse-switches comply with

international IEC standard 408, British
Standard BS 541 9, German standard
VDE 0660, VDE 0 1 1 3, Det Norske Veritas,
AS 1 775-1 975, UL 5 1 2.
an
Operation
The Fupact switching technology offers
optimum safety:
Fupact fuse switches, unlike fuse
disconnectors, are suitable for ON-LOAD
operation.
the Fupact's are fixed-mounted and
isolation is provided on both the line and
the load sides of the fuses. The fuses are
therefore isolated when the switch is
open.
ar
tM
Positive contact indication

Then handle can only indicate the OFF
position if all the contacts are actually
open. With its guaranteed contact
separation, the Fupact affords maximum
safety.
Fupact fuse-switch
fuse size
rated current AC 22 (A)
vertical installation
without stricker
with stricker
horizontal installation
UD63
DIN 00
63
50
47
38
57
45
42
34
63
40
660
750
50
500
350
300
250
30
30
30
30
1 0000
1 .6
1 .9
4 A at 4 1 5 V AC1 1 ;
10 A
ucso
14 X 51
50
40
37
28
45
36
34
27
50
45
660
750
50
500
350
300
250
22
30
30
30
1 0000
1 .6
1 .9
ca
lP
chara cteristics ( I E C 408)
without stricker
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
oc
tri
with stricker
40
60
40
60
40
60
40
60
ww
.E
lec
380-41 5-440-500 v
rated current AC 23
(A)
660 v
rated voltage (V) AC 50/60 Hz \41
rated isolation voltaqe (V)
rated fuses short-circuit capacity at 500 V (kA)
380-41 5-440-500 v
breaking capacity AC 23
(A)
660 v
1 1 0 V (2 poles in series)
breaking capacity DC
(A) L!R ,;; 1 5 ms
200 V (2 poles in series)
380 v
operational power AC 23
( kW)
415 v
500 v
660 v
mechanical end urance (CO)
weight without fuse
3P 3 fuses
4P 4 fuses
ik..9.L
auxiliary switches
breaking capacity
thermal rating
UC125
UD125
22 X 58 DIN 00
1 25
1 25
1 00
1 00
94
94
75
75
112
1 12
90
90
78
78
67
67
115
1 15
63
63
660
660
750
750
1 00
1 00
800
800
500
500
500
500
400
400
55
55
60
60
75
75
55
55
7500
7500
1 .8
1 .8
2.3
2.3
1 A at 1 1 5 V DC1 1
approvals
U L and ASTA certified (UD 1 60 to 400

pending) Lloyd's Register of Shipping,
Germanische Lloyd 's, Register of Shipping
of the USSR.
tropicalization
A l l climates (treatment 2 ) .
UD160
D I N 00\ 1 1
1 60
1 28
1 20
96
1 44
115
1 08
86
1 25
63
660
750
1 00 ( 2 )
800
500
500
400
60
65
80
55
7500
1 .8
2.3
U D250T
DIN 1
250
200
1 88
1 50
224
1 80
1 56
1 34
250
250
660
750
1 00
3200
3200
1 600
1 200
1 30
1 40
1 70
230
5000
6.9
7.9
UD400T
DIN 2
400
320
296
224
360
288
272
216
400
400
660
750
1 00
3200
3200
1 600
1 600
210
230
280
330
5000
7.8
8.8
UD630T
DIN 3
630
504
472
378
567
454
425
340
630
630
660
750
80
4500
4500
3200
2000
315
340
400
540
3000
1 5.5
19
.c
om
part numbers
accessories, auxiliaries
Fupact
with standard handle and short shaft
(without fuses)
Fupact
tye
UC50
UD63
UC125
UD125
U D 1 60
UD250T
UD400T
UD630T
3P
3 fuses
49001
49004
49006
49009
49012
49210
49216
4921 9
4P
4P
3 fuses( 1 ) 4 fuses
49003
49002
49005
49007
49008
49010
49011
49014
49013
4921 1
49212
49218
49217
49221
49220
ua
ls
part numbers
accessories et auxiliaries
3 fuses
4P
3 fusesl1 l
4P
4 fuses
C
50
49025
U
49025
49024
------------
----
==--
-49026
49027
UD63
----=--=-=-----'"'-=::.:_-c::.==___:
__
_
_
_
_
--_
49029
U C 1 2-5-U D 1 25-U D1 60
49028
49029
49237
UD250T
49237
49247
49216
UD400T
49238
49248
UD630T
49251
49250
49251
49057
49058
UD50
blown fuse indicating device
49058
for fuse with striker
UC125
49060
49060
49059
UD250T
49080
49081
49082
49085
49083
49084
UD400T
UD630T
49088
49087
49086
49035
terminal shields (for one side)
UC125-UD125-UD160
49035
49034
4 X 49255
UD250T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49250 4 X 49255
4 X 49257
UD400T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49257 4 X 49257
4 X 49257
U D630T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49257 4 X 9257
auxiliary switches
UC50-UD63
1 OF 49056 2 OF 49040
1 OF 49041 2 OF 49042
UC125-UD125-UD160
1 OF 49089 2 OF 49090
UD250T-UD400T-UD630T
49045
UC50-UD63
auxiliary switch cover
49046
UC125-UD125-UD160
included with OF contacts
49048
UC50-UD63-UC125
long shaft for extended
UD125-UD160
rotary handle
49245
49273
UD50-UD63
neutral link and its support
49274
UC125-UD125-UD160
49275
UD250T-UD400T
49276
UD630T
49053
locking device (key lock not supplied) UD250T-UD400T-UD630T
UC50-UD63-UC125
49054
black toggle
UD125-UD160
49055
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
fuse cover
(compulsory when the fuse-switch is
mounted without door escutcheon)
control and l ocking
Weatherproof metal enclosures are

available for the following circuit breakers :
Compact and Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N to
C 1 251 N as well as their variations, all
types of trip unit, in fixed front connected
version ;
lnterpact IN63T to IN630.
The weatherproof metal enclosures
include:
a plate equipped for the mounting of
fixed front connected, two, three or four
pole circuit-breakers ;
a door cutout for the fixing of the rotary
handle.
Compact C101 N t o C630N ST

Vigicompact C101 N to C630N ST
direct rotary handle actuated through
the door, with watertight escutcheon ;
locking of the breaker in "OFF"
position by 3 padlocks (not supplied ) .
Available o n request:
o locking of the breaker in "OFF"
position with a Ronis lock 1 351 .500 or a
Profalux lock KS5 824 042.
ua
ls
description
ar
tM
Degree of protection : IP 55.

1 .5 mm thick electro-zinc coated steel
sheet.
Beige epoxy powder painting.
Cable entry through removable bottom
plate.
Secured by 4 holes on the back or by
external fixing lugs (supplied).
part numbers
Compact C801 to C1251N

waterproof extended rotary handle ;
locking of the breaker in " OFF"
position by 3 padlocks (not supplied).
locking of the door when the breaker is
in "ON" position.
an
characteristics
lnterpact IN63T to IN630

extended rotary handle ;
locking of the switch in "OFF" position
by 3 padlocks, not suplied (only one
padlock for IN63T) .
Available on request:
o locking of the switch in "OFF" position
with a Ronis lock 1351 .500 or a Profalux
lock KS5 824 042 (except IN63T, I N 1 25T,
I N 1 60T) .
o locking of the door when the switch is
in " O N " position.
including:
for Compact
C101 N to C630N
C101 N
39960
C161 N
41 932
C250N
43990
C40 1 N
44990
C630N
45990
for Vigicompact
C1 01 N to C630N
C101 N
39959
C161 N
41 933
C250N
43991
C401 N
44991
C630N
44991
for Compact
C801 to C1251N
C80 1 N
46888
C 1 00 1 N C 1 251 N
46888 46888
lec
for lnterpact
IN63T to IN630
.E
for Fupact
IN63T
41853
tri
ca
lP
metal enclosures
.c
om
description, characteristics
part numbers
d imensions
i n d ivi d u a l enclos ures

weatherproof metal
enclosu res
I N 1 25T IN250
I N 1 60T IN400
41856 43843
IN630
44941
empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,

1 direct rotary handle,
1 watertight escutcheon for rotary handle,
(to complete with Compact 2P, 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
1 watertight escutcheon for rot a ry handle,
(to complete with Vigicompact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
1 extended rotary handle (front door
mounted),
accessories for watertight rotary handle,
(to complete with Compact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
accessories for converting direct to
(to complete with lnterpact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
consult us
accessories
locks for rotary handle,

swith in "OFF" position
dimensions
built-in
41940
42888
41840
45854
(mmJ

Compact
C101 N
C250N
C161 N
C401 N
600
400
300
400
200
200
ww
H
w
D
by 3 padlocks (1 padlock for IN63T), padlock not included

by keylocks for C 1 0 1 N to C 1 251
1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500
and lnterpact IN250 to IN400
1 Profalux key lock KS5 824 D4Z
lnterpact IN63T to I N 1 60T
lnterpact IN250 to IN630
C630N
800
600
275
Vigicompact
C101 N
C161 N
500
400
200
C250N
to C630N
800
600
275

Compact
C80 1 N
C 1 00 1 N
C 1 251 N
1 000
1 000
600
600
275
275
lnterpact
IN63T
400
300
1 50
I N 1 25T
I N 1 60T
400
300
1 50
IN250
to IN630
600
400
200
i nd ivid u a l enclosures
weatherproof polyester
enclosu res
.c
om
description, characteristics
part numbers
dimensions
control and locking
Weatherproof polyester enclosures are

available for the following circuit breakers:
Compact and Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N to
C 1 25 1 N as well as their variations, all
types of trip unit, in fixed front connected
version ;
lnterpact I N63T to IN630.
The weatherproof metal enclosures
includ e :
a plate equipped for t h e mounting of
fixed front connected, two, three or four
pole circuit-breaker ;
a door cutout for the fixing of the rotary
handle.
Compact C 1 01 N t o C630N
Viglcompact C101 N to C630N ST
extended rotary handle ;
locking of the breaker in "OFF" position
by 3 padlocks (not supplied) .
locking of the cover when the breaker
is i n " O N " position.
o locking of the breaker in "OFF" position
with a Ronis lock 1 35 1 .500 or a Profalux
lock KS5 824 D4Z.
ua
ls
description
an
characteristics
for Compact
C101 N to C630N
C101N
39958
C161 N
41936
C250N
43995
ca
lP
polyester enclosures
ar
tM
Degree of protection : I P 55.

Beige polyester.
Shockproof and corrosionproof.
The screwed transparent cover can be
fitted with lead seals.
Cable entry through removable bottom
and top plates.
Secured by 4 holes on the back.
part numbers
for Vigicompact
C101 N to C630N
accessories
lec
locks for rotary handle,

switch in "OFF" position
door locking, switch in closed position

Compact
C101 N
C250N
C161 N
540
360
H
270
270
w
235
D
235
ww
I N 1 25T
41859
C250N
43996
IN250
43844
C40 1 N
44996
C630N
44995
including:
C630N
44996
IN400
IN630
44942

(to complete with Compact 2P, 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
(to complete with Vigicompact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
accessories for converting direct to
extended rotary handle,
(to complete with inter[act 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
by 3 padlocks (1 padlock for IN63T), padlocks not included

by keylocks for C 1 0 1 N to C630N,
1 Ronis key lock 1 35 1 .500
1 Profalux key lock KS5 824 04Z
and lnterpact IN250 to IN400
lnterpact I N63T to IN60T
lnterpact I N250 to IN630
(mm)
.E
dimensions
IN63T
IN16H
41 858
C161 N
41 937
C401 N
44995
tri
for interpact
IN63T to IN400
C101 N
39957

extended rotary handle;
by 3 padlocks not supplied (only one
padlock for I N63T) .
with a Ronis lock 1 35 1 .500, or a profalux
lock KS5 824 D4Z (except IN63T, I N 1 25T,
I N 1 60T).
locking of the cover when the switch is
i n " O N " position.
C401 N
C630N
720
360
235
Vigicompact
C101 N
C161 N
540
270
235
C250N
to 630N
720
360
235
lnterpact
I N63T
270
270
1 85
I N 1 25T
I N 1 60T
360
270
1 85
IN250
540
360
1 85
IN400
IN630
720
360
1 85
built-in
41940
42888
41 840
45854
ww
.E
tri
lec
an
tM
ar
ca
lP
ua
ls
.c
om
.c
om
Com pact
l nterpact
5 d imensions
tripping curves
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
C 1 00E to C600E
C 1 00NF, TC1 40
C 1 0 1 N/H/LINI
C 1 6 1 N/H/LINI
C250N/H/LINI
C401 /C630N/H/L/NI
C400/C630N/H/L ST
C80 1 /C 1 001 /C1251 N/H/LINIST
chassis for withdrawable CB
rotary handles
remote control
changeover C 1 01 N/H/L
to C 1 251 N/HST
Fupact UCSO to UD630T
tripping curves
page
1 20
1 21
1 22
1 24
1 26
1 28
1 30
1 32
1 33
1 34
1 36
1 38
141
1 42
Front connected
Drilling diagrams
panel or rail-mounted
panel-mounted
front or rear connected
Fixed equipment
\--r::r:r
MI i I
t - I1--- - --t- II
90
r---- ---""
3-pole
t.f
. fi!
r
,
an
panel-mounted
ar
12,5
Front or rear
connected
panel-mounted
tri
.E
lec
w
ww
Weights_---- - -------- -----
type
No. of
C225E
fixed
______
___QC)_Ie ------C 1 00E____
3 -----L:3______
1 7
BB
27,5
Drilling of the door
I ,
"32 120
17,5
3-pole

rail-mounted
front connected
ca
Fixed equipment
Drilling diagrams
lP
Compact C400E/ C600E
'$4-!t 1
3-pole
:,
rail-mounted
front connected
tM
Fixed equipment
_,-..fa
3-pole
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Compact C225E

rail-mounted
front connected
ua
ls
Compact C1 OOE
.c
om
d imensions
C 1 00E/ C225E/C400E/C600E
! I Jl
If
'
3-Pole
'L
'
",1
I.
240
I
25
Compact C1 OONF
Front connected
Drilling diagrams
front connected
ua
ls
Fixed equipment
'5
,
lP
ar
tM
an
Compact TC40N
undervoltage release M N
.E
lec
tri
ca
Compact TC40N
+ auxiliary 0 /F + auxiliary SD/SDM
Compact TC40L,
Vigicompact TC40N
ww
.c
om
d i mensions
C1 00N F/TC40N / L
Front or rear
connected
Compact C1 01 N/H,
C1 01 N I
.c
om
d i mensions
C 1 01 N / H / L
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Fixed equipment
__ _
..-_ . _"""'-_ ,e
_ _-,.,_ -_
rail-mounted
front connected
ua
ls
-t- 1.o --ta5t"

rn-t:,., -n:+o-1_
l_w-$..1:
-5.35
r: f.
94
.. _,...
(b)
17,5
2 or 3-pole
Plug-in equipment
Front or rear
connected
2,
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
an
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
.
I.
' ,
l'
i
i
_-
21,5
..-''1
J
..),
'
85
, , ; <
50
27,5
Drilling of
the door
ar
tM
rail-mounted
front connected
---_- -.....-_'--
m
__ _
Drilling of
the door
2 or 3-pole
Front or rear
connected
2, 3 or 4-pole
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
ca
lP
Compact C1 01 L
4-pole
Drilling diagrams
lec
tri
Fixed equipment
3-pole
Front or rear
connected
27,5
17,5
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
ww
.E
Plug-in equipment
Drilling of
the door
Weight (kg)
type
C101 NIH, C 1 0 1 N I
27,5
3-pole
No of
poles
fixed
plug-in
with base
2
3
1 .5
2.2
2.4
1 .6
4-pole
(a)
3 or 4-pole
For rear connection only
..
(b) Necessarv with ::u rvili<= ,..
,.,;r 1.. -
Front o r rear
connected
Fixed equipment
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
front connected
Drilling of
the door
3-pole
Plug-in equipment
4-pole
rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
3-pole
4-pole
3 or 4 pole
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
2, 3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
tM
Front or rear
connected
an
ua
ls
Vigicompact C101 N / H
.c
om
Vigicompact C 1 01 N/H
- - -..
1 1...- ri \
(a) For rear connection only

(b) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only
(d) Long terminal shields for front connection
lA\ . hnrt terminal shields for rear connection
Compact C161 N /H/L,

C1 61 N I
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Fixed equipment
2 or 3-pole
Plug-in equipment
rail-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
an
panel-mounted
ar
tM
4-pole
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
front connected
ca
lP
Fixed equipment
2 o r 3-pole
rail-mounted
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Compact C161 L
2, 3 or 4-pole
4-pole
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
ua
ls
Compact C161 N/H, C1 61 NI
.c
om
d imensions
C1 61 N / H / L
Tf
tri
-- -- -- - - - - - - ---
Plug-in equipment
Front or rear
connected
lec
ww
vvifllllk9L
l
type
No of
.c::
P.::
o,l es
fixed
C 1 6 1 N/H, C 1 6 1 N I
1 .5
1 .7
-=
2=
.2:____
2.4
27.5
Drilling of
the door
2, 3 or 4-pole
Drilling of
the door
o
e _____
le___3o
r
4
__3
--------
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
3-pole
plug-in
with base
:o-
rail-mounted
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
_ _ _ _ _ ________ _
___
_
_
_
.1134,5
----
l'
I 88
I
=,.7
.E
155
Drilling of
the door
(a)
(b)

Necess::rv with "' ' '"';1;-
Drilling of
the door
Vigicompact C161 N/H
Front or rear
connected
Fixed equipment
.c
om
Vigicompact C161 N/H

Visucompact and
C 1 61 N
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Drilling of
the door
ua
ls
rail-mounted
front connected
3-pole
Plug-in equipment
4-pole
2, 3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
lP
ar
tM
Front or rear
connected
an
14,5
Fixed equipment
3-pole
4-pole
3, 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
front connected
.E
lec
tri
ca
Visucompact C161 N
Front or rear
connected
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Thus :
the height dimension changes from 308
to 388,
the lower mounting holes should be
repeated 80 . mm lower.
ww

C161 N
3-pole
The size of the earth leakage Visucompact

is identical to the one of the Visucompact
(see above), except that the height is
80 mm greater.
Weight (kg)
type
No of
poles
fixed
plug-in
with base
Vigicompact
C161N
2.3
3.4
3.1
4.6
3.7
--
(a)
(b}
(d}
(e)

Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only
Long terminal shields for front connection
Short terminal shields for rear connection
-
- '-
- , ;..., ....., o nt
Compact C250N/H/L, C250N I
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Compact C250N/H,
C250N I
.c
om
d i mensions
C250 N / H / L
rail-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
an
ua
ls
Fixed equipment
Drilling of
the door
2 or 3-pole
Plug-in equipment
Front or rear
connected
4-pole
2, 3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
ca
lP
ar
tM
panel-mounted
Front or rear
connected
Compact C250L
2, 3 or 4-pole
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
front connected
Drilling of
the door
lec
tri
Fixed equipment
4-pole
Drilling diagrams
.E
Plug-in equipment
Front or rear
connected
rail-mounted
ww
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
3-pole
Weight (kg)
type
C250N/H,
C250NI
No of
poles
2
3
A
fixed
3.5
3.7
plug-in
with base
4.8
5.7
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Drilling of
the door
Vigicompact C250N/H
Front or rear
connected
Fixed equipment
.c
om
Visucompact and
C250N
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Drilling of
the door
Drilling diagrams
tM
Front or rear
connected
Plug-in equipment
an
ua
ls
rail-mounted
front connected
rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
ca
lP
ar
panel-mounted
Front or rear
connected
tri
Visucompact C250N
rail-mounted
front connected
Drilling of
the door
.E
lec
Fixed equipment
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
ww

C250N

(see above) , except that the height is
1 20 m m greater.
Thus :
the height dimension changes from 400
to 520,
repeated 1 20 mm lower.
Weight ( kg)
type
Vigicompact
C250N/H
No of
poles
3
4
3
fixed
plug-in
with base
5.2
6.2
6.6
7.1
8.6
(a) For rear connection only
n
., t..l oro::r. e. e.rv
with auxiliary wire blocks for auxiliaries or
Compact C401 /C630N/H/L,

C400/C630N/H/L ST,
C401/C630NI
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Compact C401 /C630N/H,

C400/C630N/H ST,
C401 /C630NI
.c
om
d i me n s i o n s
C401 N / H / L, C400 N / H / L ST
C630 N / H / L, C630 N / H / L ST
pane! or rail-mounted
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
t - ---:
93
ua
ls
Fixed equipment
I
I
I
I
=f-"--41
.,.,.+
2 or 3-pole
an
-152,5+5
4-pole
panel-mounted
ca
lP
ar
tM
Front or rear
connected
Compact C401 I C630L,

C400/C630L ST
panel
I
.I
I
lec
.E
Plug-in equipment
1 1
I '
I
, ,
I
1
.
I
4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
rail-mounted
'
74 +--1-42
I
I
,;=-:;; "1
I
F-----TI
I
1 93 113
_
-1-+---- i
Ii f--;
a42
104
Drilling of
the door
113
104
I I
:
I
I J
w
ww
I
J
113
:-t
1 -104i
f.-!.<o..-:!.'=T
I
=:=!:Ofl
I
I
" ---LJ
=::.f :
74 +-----+-42
t:
Weight (kg)
type
No of
poles
fixed
plug-in
with base
C401/C630N/H,
C40 1 / C630NI
C400/C630N/H
4.3
6.1
5.4
8.9
6.5
10.1
(".dll 1 /f"''1r't.l
240
, I I
+ +4-41-- J
- -
25
II
Front or rear
connected
-- 'T -
Drilling of
the door
panel-mounted
3-pole
74
2, 3 or 4-pole
4 pole
Drilling diagrams
3-pole
ST
l;
b.:;.-=..r
-.:;:_______1
2 our 3 pole
lII m4
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
I l
'I II I
1l i. lb I ' 180
#
. iI +--,I
tri
Fixed equipment
2, 3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
Plug-in equipment
'
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Vigicompact C401 I C630NIH,

C400IC630NIH ST
Front or rear
connected
.c
om
Vigicompact C401 I C630NIH,

C400IC630NIH ST,
Visucompact and
C401 IC630N, C4001C630N ST
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
front connected
ua
ls
Fixed equipment
jlc.,.J..
.. --..1!
I
I
I
I
-:4\j!
4'+$ ;
--+
I
3-pole
4-pole
il -
panel-mounted
r i
II
ca
lP
, I! 1 t
'.f p
I
4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Drilling of
the door
Drilling diagrams
rail-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
273 -
lec
Fixed equipment
I
I
I
I
I
n..------1
....
'- 1
.E
I
I
}- - - ,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L _ J. _
3-pole

C401 1C630N
C400IC630N ST
ww
! 1'1.
tri
I !' l'
1 , :I
b-l-----.0::
75
...., r .,. r ""'lr__t
3-pole
Visucompact C401 1C630N,

C400IC630N ST
Drilling of
the door
== I
I
450
Front or rear
connected
3 or 4-pole
panel-mounted
front connected
ar
26,5
Drilling diagrams
1-"5 156,5
I
I
tM
Front or rear
connected
Plug-in equipment
+ :
an
I
I
4-pole

(see above ) , except that the height is
1 20 mm greater.
3 o r 4-pole
Thu s :
t h e height dimension changes from 530
to 650.
repeated 1 20 m m lower.
Weight (kg)
type
Vigicompact
C401 /C400/C630N
No of
poles
3
4
fixed
plug-in
with base
7.8
1 1 .2
9.7
1 3.3
1() 7
(a) For rear connection only.

... : ...., " ' '"iHM v
wire blocks for auxiliaries or
Cut-out and drillings for fixing :
Fixed FC
(flat or edgewise pads)
on rail mounted
ua
ls
on panel
""""7-e::-t
- - -+r;--j
I
1- - l.. - - - - ...J
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t _ _l _
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
with door escutcheon
1 3.5 --t-1+--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
ar
-r - - - - -
tM
an
Door cut-out
with door slieve
ca
lP
:1
ww
.E
lec
tri
.. ,
I
I
I
L _ J. _ _ _ _ _
Weights (kg)
type
C801 to
C1251 N/H S T
C801 to
C1001 L ST
Visucompact
C801 N ST
Visucompact
c 1 nn 1 "
No of
poles
fixed
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
13
17
25
33
27
32
29
drawout
with base
31
36
45
50
31
36
41
ST
.c
om
Compact
C801 to C1 251 N / H
C801 NI, C1 251 N I
d i mensions
C801 N / H / L ST to C 1 251 N / H ST
.c
om
Compact
C801 to C1 251 N/H ST
C801 NI, C1 251 NI
d rawout version
Visucompact C801 N ST
to C1 251 N ST
Drawout equipment (universal chassis}
Cut-out and drillings for fixing
ua
ls
292 (3) (l)
an
(1
tM
(4P)
Door cut-out
with door slieve
bottom fixing
with door escutcheon

bottom fixing
tri
ca
lP
ar
Door cut-out
with door slieve
rear fixing
._---k---'7 (NIH)
--i-- 69 -+-- 9 4 ....6
98 (l)
lec
Visucompact C801 to C1 251 N ST
Door cut-out
Cut-out and drillings for fixing:

on rail mounted
ww
.E
Fixed FC
62
74 --t--<f---t-- 63
3P/4P
{a) Weights: see opposite page.
... a ; .., .... , ...irp
hlock for auxiliaries or
standard chassis for withdrawable CB
Drilling driagram
for Compact C161 t o C630N/H/L ST
panel
--.iiiiiiil
ua
ls
an
I) I
dimensions (mm)
C250N/H
C250L
C401 N/H to
C630N/H ST
C401 L to
C630L ST
207
207
207
207
330
330
330
330
390
390
390
390
1 82
217
1 82
217
217 1 1 1
26211 1
217 11 1
26211 1
235
288
235
288
142
142
217
217
148
148
223
223
1 74
174
249
249
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
87
87
87
87
57
57
57
57
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
35
70
35
70
69
1 14
69
1 14
76.5
129
76.5
129
156
191
156
1 91
1 96
241
196
241
214
267
214
267
165
165
165
165
272
272
272
272
332
332
332
332
1 87.5
187.5
1 87.5
1 87.5
310
310
310
310
370
370
370
370
61
96
61
60
60
60
60
1 20
1 20
1 20
120
1 80
1 80
180
1 80
140
140
140
140
1 80
1 80
1 80
1 80
1 80
1 80
1 80
1 80
59.5
59.5
59.5
59.5
121
121
121
121
143
143
143
143
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
1 04
104
104
104
ar
C161L
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
3P
4P
ca
lP
C161 N/H
rail-mounted
tM
.c
om
for Compact C161 N/H/L to

C1 251 N/H ST
d i mensions
chassis for
withd rawable CB
96
90
135
90
135
105
157.5
1 05
157.5
. J-
,- J
.J
0
66
66
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
74
74
74
74
66
66
83.5
83.5
83.5
83.5
80.5
80.5
80.5
80.5
(1) For Compact C250NIHIL with motor mechanism: the dimensions B is to be increased of 9 mm (on the neutral side).
for Compact C801N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST
Drilling diagram
.E
lec
tri
panel
w
ww
A
292
362
B
1 05
175
C
186
256
22-+-!-aa 22
I I
I I
ln- --rr :
= :::ll
J i i
Jj l
..
I
-,
I
I
I'
' '
T'
!
rl ,
, t
II
t '
.. ,r7
,.. ,
I
ll l
1/1
j - - - -!4-U
J i ref. -1 1 ,
I B --+t+c
I
D
206
276
E
140
210
t19
+:_T_=-_-
I I
! !
04
dtn
-1--'" --
.--i!-----',
s...l-t--1 2 8
dimensions (mm)
C801 N/H/L ST 3P
to C1251N/H ST 4P
Door cut-out
rail-mounted
for Compact
C101 to C1 251 N/H ST
Dimensions (mm)
Compact C 1 0 1 t o C630N/H/L
C101NIHIL
Compact C801 to C1251N/H ST
C 1 6 1 NIH
C161L
.c
om
d i mens i o n s
rotary hand les
193
1 10
105
24
80
64
74
193
1 10
105
38.5
80
78.5
74
268
1 85
1 05
38.5
80
78.5
74
193
110
140
46
80
86
9 1 .5
80
86
91.5
ua
ls
C250N/H
C250L
to
C401NIH
C630N/H
to
ST
C801 to
C401 L
C630L
ST
268
185
140
193
1 10
157.5 97
96
145
120
268
185
1 57.5 97
96
145
120
216
1 1 0 210
1 4 1 ,5 123 200,5 179
306
200 210
1 4 1 ,5 123
46
C1251N/H ST
C801 L
200,5 179
MCC type
an
C1001L
Dimensions (mm)
Drilling
of the door
Direct handle
through the door
rear door mounted
157
105
1.5
105
130
54
52.5
C161NIH
167
105
19
105
140
71.5 52.5
C161 L
242
105
19
105
215
7 1 .5 52.5
C250NIH
167
140
38.5
105
140
91
81
C250L
242
140
38.5
105
215
91
81
C101NIHIL
1 I ,,.
+
.t+,'-
4><010 39
39
H
t 39
7,
r+itT"'-+1
I
L+
ca
lP
with door locking
tri
front door mounted
.E
lec
rear door mounted
ww
front door mounted
t-1
+ __j
ar
39 I
27
tM
3+9
39
084
1.. 3 4
Dimensions (mm)
8
short shaft
mini maxi
G*
74
long shalt
mini maxi
C101 N/HIL
1 10 186
310
310
500
64*
C 1 6 1 NIH
1 1 0 186
310
310
500
78.5*
74
C161L
185 261
385
385
575
78.5*
74
C250NIH
1 1 0 186
310
310
500
86*
91.5
C250L
185 261
385
385
575
86*
91.5
C401NIH
C630NIH
to 1 10 186
310
310
500
145*
1 20
C40 1 L to
185 261
385
385
575
145*
120
C801NIH ST 1 10 209
to
C1251N/H ST
333
333
523
200,5* 179
423
423
613
200,5* 1 7 9
C630L
ST
ST
C80 1 L ST
C 1 0 0 1 L ST
1 10 290
to balance the vertical play of the axis according to

distance d (equal to F-8), dimension G is to be increa
sed of:
0 mm for d < 200 when using a bracket (see acces
sories pages).
o 1 mm for 76 <:;d <:; 1 20
o 2 mm for 120 <:; d < 160
without a bracket
o 3 mm for 160 <:; d < 200
0 mm for d ;. 200 (large length shaft always supplied
with bracket).
.c
om
d i me n s i o n s
remote control
motor mechanism T1 01
Fixed or plug-in equipment
ua
ls
Door cut-out
,;-:
. .
.-;.
.
I
Approximate weight: 720 g
an
..
--""""'"-_____]_
motor mechanism T1 61
Approximate weight: 720 g
motor mechanism TS1 61

ca
lP
ar
tM
Door cut-out
tri
Door cut-out
=------=-r
r-=====..1,I
lec
ww
.E
Approximate weight: 3 600 g
o 7T.s
m e c h a n i s m T250
.c
om
adaptable motor
mechanism
TS250
for Compact C250N/H/L

an
ua
ls
Drilling
of the door
1 59 ----
m ec h a n i s m T401
1 630 and TS401 /400/ 630
tM
or
for Compact C401/C400/C630N/H/L

ar
Drilling
of the door
'L_h r
ca
lP
,.------- -1 _ , ,_ _, ... _...

I
,..
116 5
.-- - -- --1 96,5 '
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
108
I
I
I
I
I
I
r----=.. r =-u-:.:rr-:..
tri
159
rr. otor mechanism T801 / 1 001 / 1 251 and TS801 / 1 00 1 /1 251
Fixed equipment
lec
for Compact C801 to C1251N/H/L ST

T type
.E
N - H : 263,5
L
: 353,5 -
TS type
Fixed equipment
Drilling
of the door
ww
:
1--
+- 3
of circuit breaker
Drawout equipment :
The dimensions of the remote control
modules on Compact drawout circuit
breakers C801 / 1 00 1 and 1 25 1 N/H/L and
Weight (kg)
motor mechanism
for
216
weight
the corresponding door cutouts are

identical to those indicated above for the
remote control modules on fixed circuit
breakers.
Drilling
of the door
Drilling diagrams
Compact changeover
C1 01 N/H/L to
C1 61 N/H/L
Front connected
Fixed equipment
horizontal rails mounted
vertical rails mounted
rail-mounted
210,5
210,5
285,5
ua
ls
C101 NIHIL
C161 NIH
C161 L
.c
om
with 2 Compact
C 1 01 N/H/L
to C1 251 N/H
d i mensions
automatic s o u rce changeover
1.
.::::L-
. .
I
I
'0l' J
I
an
-o'_ :._,
- ....:.'
f----- 200
15
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
Compact changeover
C250N/H/L
Front connected
ca
lP
ar
rail-mounted
Compact changeover
C401 N/H/L to
Front connected
C63QN/H/l ST
tri
Fixed equipment
3 or 4 pole
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
H=i"-- -,
;::.:_-_-:._--
I 2ao
I
lw-------
lec
t 1:4---
3 or 4-pole
.E
250
30
3 or 4 pole
------
.- f
f?i---g-
,["..:-_:-_-_-:._-:_-:r:-t
200
type
3P
CR0 1 "-l 1 LJ
C'T
..
,.... - -
4P
32.4
4 R
265
15
IJ 11!la
_ 625
7,!:+---- --- - =ti
I
I
Weights (kg)
26.8
27.8
C40 1 N/H to C630N/H S T
30.2
C250N/H
0c::
25
4 ____:3
C.
36
40
30
39.4
6
.=
C=
1-=
L_.
t
o -'=
Ce::.
L
:_eS
::.:
="=
9c::
T
L_____--"'
A'------:::'---------'
=.
T
. - 1
I
: "
3 or 4-pole
4P
J
=:!
36
t
32 I
32
3P
w
ww
'
-t;r,-- 32
j iJ S
: "'2
500
Compact changeover
C801 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST
type
tM
Fixed equipment
137
625
08 ,
-,
_)[
11
_ _
--Ur-- 32
3 or 4 pole
mecha n i c a l i nterlocking
.c
om
mechanical i nterlocking
Drilling diagram
Compact C101N/H/L t o C630N/H/L
with direct rotary handle
I I
I I
""l E -r
I
I
L - ld
I I
I I
I
I
ua
ls
-+f- FT T9*t
r------ 220 --------t- F
""l E -r
06
Li -J'
,. 32
_.l
tM
ar
ca
lP
tri
lec
.E
19
3P
4P
C 1 01 325
360 74
90
35
70
35
64
C161 325
360 74
1 20 17,5 35
70
35
78,5
C250 360
405 91,5 180 25
45
90
47,5 9 1 ,5
52,5 105 52,5 122
C401 377,5 430 122 240 25
to
C630 ST
Drilling diagram
with direct rotary handle
4P
Compact C801 to C1251 N/H/L ST
ww
A
3P
an
3 o r 4-pole
C 1 61 N/H/L A
3P
C801
to
430
C1251N/H/L ST
8
4P
E
3P 4P
570 1 79 240 74 1 40 2 1 0 70 200,5
d i mensions
l nterpact I N63T to I N2500
Front or rear
connected
lnterpact IN63T
Drilling of
the door
Drilling diagrams
rail-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
Fixed equipment
.c
om
I N63T to I N630
r------,
I
I ---
I
j_
3 or 4-pole
Fixed equipment
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
front connected
tM
ar
Front or rear
connected
lnterpact IN250
1' 55
I
I-- 73 -----r46 -----!-
an
panel-mounted
Fixed equipment
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
Front or rear
connected
l nterpact I N 1 25T/IN1 60T
ua
ls
157
_t
-.y
.=_-::_-jI !,
blI
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
panel-mounted
Drilling of
the door
rail-mounted
front connected
ca
lP
t;tn5to(
-.to
l
15
tri
:
-.:-rl25
;:
<-aa-!--- 137 ---1
- 2 30 -- --l
--
ww
.E
Fixed equipment
Front or rear
connected
lec
l nterpact I N400/IN630
)'i2Bial
I
I
I
I
A..c-+-1 l_
tt=--"_31-7-
,-
q
1 a
'
6-\ - 90-'47,51-)
15
-!-45 t45HH--!-2s
3 or 4-pole
3 or 4-pole
Drilling diagrams
17,5
Drilling of
the door
raH-mounted
front connected
panel-mounted
3slal
6 ,..:--105 --'52,51-)
-.:::_p\ro olO+
r - .J f'l\
.
l
I I
', I
180
195 1
I .
I I
,06---\_,__ 105 -"--i52,5- 32
--
t'="'b.!.GL vi tq
17,5
I
I
s2,s:s2,sis2.s--h 1
26
3 or 4-pole
3 or 4-pole
I
I
__
1o
'
_ J _ rs
C+
r - --- --.--J
I
I
I 14I 3
I I
-----!- !.
: i_ - -;---
\--- - 153 -- 123,5--+-
:::::'
Front connected
Drilling diagram
--- 200 ---:
Drilling of
the door
ua
ls
l nterpact I N 1 000/IN1 600
.c
om
IN1 000 to I N2500
:g----+--
110 --t-
t -
<----1
r- -, r-""1 r-. ,.., 1
--- .L- ....L J.. ....L .L.....L l.. ...L
4
I
I
15
Front connected
---
-------'
I
I
I
I
- - r .,.
.... ....
I
I
I
I
I
18s
188
3P/4P
Drilling diagram
tM
lnterpact I N2500
L. .....l L.. ....l L...J '--'
I
I
I
----- 180 43P:P:

----- 43P:340
P: 410
1ao
T'"""'r'r""Tr""Tr5
an
I
I
23,5
I I r-w ,- ., rl
r---.L....I. L... ....L .L. ....r.. L... ....r..
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
15
-+--__ 120 120 _;_
'
1
'
1 n-- 120 _.___
+--cl-
Drilling of
the door
Weight ( kg)
type
No of poles type
3
4
IN400
I N63T
0.75 0.80
No of poles
3
4
4.3
4.7
A
h,
1""\ l=nr mar connection only (!eft hand side hole useless
rotary handle
(continued)
Dimensions (mm)
lnterpact IN1 000 to IN2500
type
ct'
mini
maxi
IN63T 29.5
I N 1 25T 44
I N 1 60T
19
22.5
1 80
180
306
306
35
35
IN250
IN400
IN630
33
45
180
1 80
306
306
43.5 45.5
43.5 45.5
65
65
I N 1 000 67.5* 65
I N 1 600
180
306
43.5
97
IN2500 67.5'' 65
22
388
43.5 46.5 97
68''
7r
ua
ls
.c
om
d i mensions
l nterpact I N63T to I N2500
50
50
44
44
46.5
>f To balance the vertical play of the axis dimension M is

to be increased of 3 mm for d > 220mm.
lateral rotary handle
an
Dimensions ( m m )
lnterpact
mini
maxi
IN63T
I N 1 25T
I N 1 60T
1 18
1 32
155
202
67
30
30
200
200
84
ar
tM
lnterpact IN63T to IN160T
Dimensions (mm)
Drilling diagram
lnterpact JN63T t o IN1 60T
175 --------j F
ca
lP
;.+
'rr=i"f ,-, +f!f- f :
1
06 '-
I
I
I
I
lp :wJ
I
I
-;- E +. 11
bt
I
I
lnterpact A
IN63T
295
I N 1 25T 345
I N 1 60T
60
101
147,5 90
1 2,5 45
19
70
2 1 ,5 29,5
35
44
.:32
5-js\_l
3 o r 4-pole
Drilling diagram
tri
lnterpact IN250 to IN630
ww
.E
lec
39 maxi
Weight (kg)
type
IN63T
IN125T
IN160T
IN21i0
No of poles
0.75
1 .4
1 .4
0.80
1 .5
') 7
1 .5
type
No of poles
4
3
IN630
I N 1 000
IN1600
4.8
12
15
5.3
15
18
3 or 4-pole
Dimensions (mm)
lnterpact A
522
IN250
570
IN400
IN630
199
235
1 20
1 80
25
25
90
105
47,5 68
52,5 77
ua
ls
.c
om
d i mensions
Fupact U CSO to U D630T
Fupact U D250T
ar
tM
an
Fupact UC1 25/UD125/UD1 60
Fupact U D630T
ca
lP
Fupact U D400T
3f ----1- 50 _;_
tri
-++--
294 4P,4f
Adjustment limits of the length of the shaft
A (mm)
short shaft
1 40-200
1 40-200
145-200
lonq shaft
262-340
220-360
230-360
.E
lec
type
ucso
ww
U063
U C 1 25, U D 1 25,
U D 1 60
U0250T, UD400T 235-345
U0630T
260-350
445-555
340-420
12,5
tri p p i n g cu rves
1000
"
50
1000
500
jC
+1-
50
20
10
10
Q2
0.1
of
-T-T
'f
02 -
_
_ ....
. .+-++
: -c+r
_rl
:f,
' . c . .
0005
cdE
0002
05
3 4 5 7 10
0.001
20 30
ambient compensation
E'
- '
.. '
05
3 4
i-: --- --
005
. l
7 10
002
. ,.
-_; - -
0.1
Q02
001
0.01
0.001
+" h-+-'+--'1
'ft---'-,++--4--i+-f-+
05 1f-'-+t---+-++H-'-+
- 3+4++-'--i
---":-'-
02
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.005
\:
...
05
0.05
0.002
100
20
0.5
200
an
lJ()
'
500
200
ua
ls
tM
5000 ct-l
lh-2000
Compact C400E
Compact C225E
trip unit release 0 1 25, 0 1 50
Compact C100E
100()() t(sl
"-
.c
om
Compact C1 OOE to C600E
:.
- .
20 30
50 70 lOO 200 1/!r
ca
lP
ar
08
0.8
a. 7o-:-':
: ----:
2o
::: --:3c!o
o-----:
o--"
o
=----:5c!o
6o
o: c--.1 0c
tri
Compact C225E
trip unit release 0 1 75, 0225
ts)
10000
.E
lec
5000
1h
w
ww
100
50
20
'"
y
v
5000
1h2000
i'!'
!" ,
200
!i
100
50
20
o.oztt=:
1H :st:tttlf3:1;;t';ttj
0.\ H--:-nr-_,.....+:-ic-.h-:bb'?rl
'-'3'+--+-'-11-+
- -'1
' '-'1'
o.osrr-r-++H;:.
r;:"JI>:"
.c.
' .c;
+
' -++"+
,
osP4='l'z::9:3iJ45R7'a6zop:;;!30?=:50870100200bl/!r
i\
\\.1'1.--:- p
,"\,;V''li.
: 'I.'.
\f''i,
: -
05
1'.
_ ,
10
..'_.
,.
05H--r-+-+---
QZH--rr--+
0001
500
O.OOZH---tr--+H....,-t--+--t--++- -'-,.j
'
-
1000
' V
..
:\
;;
\ 1'\
' _,
\
1
:
200
10
'\
500
10000 t(s)
.
. .; :
.
0005-+---+-++=4-'1
Here after the following curve s :

1 : m i n i a n d maxi thermal cold start tripping,
2 : mini and maxi thermal hot start tripping,
3: magnetic threshold
Note
the variation of the tripping time is
given according to 1/lr (I
real current,
and lr
maximum value of the breaking
trip unit rating for the ambient temperature
of 40 C).
thPA
,... , , ,.., , ,... _
2000
1000
Compact C600E
I'
'
3
02
:: . . . . .
0.05
002
DO\
'
Q002
0.00\
r-
'
0.005
05
3 4 5
7 10
coef.
1 .3
\ 2
1 '
20 30
-- --- --- - -- - -------. . .. - - ---
- - - --- - ---- - - --
100
..
50 70
-- ----- - -- -- - - --- - - -
sooA'
-,
200 1/lr
Compact C100NF ( 1 P)
..,
i, ,l
1h-2000
1000
500
50
2D
:
'
5000
1h-2000
10000
1000
_._
:t
r' l-t-If
1- f-1 -g
---r =-p := z-;r
}
\ ,/1'1,
\!' "\
:\
j _:_
J- -u- -;__If::;
1::1 -f I ---! tt-::-:
1:r: , 0-t
-s
}
t
f_E-t
-.:r t i.f -y+ "-:1
i--
'
02
-:::t
-'!"'
:i-.}1
200
,\\
\ \ f-;:V
, , \. 1\'
\ \
\ \ IV
100
50
20
10
05
02
Q1
,__
,\
500
'
0.5
t\S)
5000
ln-2000
fT
1000
1 J .
10
t[s) ,
r.r
10000
. .
''!!
'
200
100
ua
ls
t(s)
5000
Compact C1 61N/H
an
10000
Compact C101 N/H
.c
om
Compact C1 00NF and F1 50N

Compact C 1 01 N/H/L
Compact C161 N/H/L
005
0.05
\.---
'-
'
..
:
'
'
'
I'll
I'
tM
0.02
ar
0.9
tri
t\sl
.E
lec
5000
1h
2DOO
:r :--!_ -=1- t
-- - f -:-r -;
0.002
0.001
-f=t_r
-"- t
ww
05
ffl J:
2
3 4 5
_; '----t
>-r_:: -,;:: i1- =

L ! l _ !_ l_; ]_ !-_:: - FJ1 -t?;
+ !?" -r. ..:ti;-r
--- t :.L!:J !:
+
: !d
'!0
20
33
1000
500
200
HI\
\
100
50
\i'. x
\ \
20
10
05
02
-::::
\ '\' ..--/
'
IY
"\
0.1
005
0.02
001
0005
0.002
0,001
50 70 100 200 ilk
05
3 4 5
7 10
coef.
1.3 - - - -
coet.
1 3
12
1 2
20 30
r-I
50 70 100
200 \ lr
3 4 5
10
0B
Compact C1 6 1 L
10000
0,5
- ..
0.9 - - - --
. 7 o!-- -,1":0--c2":o--c3":0--4":0--c5'o:
o--c6":o--.c
Compact C 1 0 1 L
000
1 1
ca
0.8
if
0002
coef.
1 .3
lP
coef.
1 .3
0,0
0005
20 30
50 70 lOO 200 1/lr
Compact C250N/H
Compact C630N/H
Compact C401 NIH

I (SI
10000
5000
10000
lh-2000
i--
100
....
i'.
10
OS
0.5
0.02
I---
001
tM
001
0005
0002
0001
2
0.5
10
-30 70 100
20 30
ar
coef.
1 .3 ,-- ---
!---+----
0001
05
1 .2
.=t'S;::.
1 .1
ca
Compact C250L
t(s)
1000
10000
200
1h2000
\
\
\1
'
50
\.1\::-.. ""--
20
10
...
'
-...
1---
5
02
0J
0.05
002
-1--..
001
0005
r-r-
0002
10
ww
60
10000
,v
f.\
\ 1\
' \ '
.... :>
500
200
100
50
'IX
20
f !'l,
10
5
20 30
50 70 100
200 1 /r
tis)
05
0J
50 70 100
200 !/lr
- - - - - - -- t----- ---
--
--
--
!\
1000
\-\
1\
500
200
50
.....
I)'
'X
2D
[\.
10
---=
'.\
100
----
02
20 30
.l
lh-2000
....
I'
""
r,
05
f---
02
f.--= 3
01
005
005
0.02
002
001
001
.......
0005
0001
--
5000
10
Compact C630L
.......
0005
0.002
0002
0001
05
50
O. l L___..J,---.,C,.---"--.L----,L--,J
.
6::--4O
0
30
20
1O
SO
C
O
1000
, \) ').
ro
40
30
9 -- -
08 -
tlsl
5000
.E
lec
500
20
Compact C401 L
l
l
5000
1h2000
10
tri
10000
0 7o
'
__
-- ;---- - -- -- c--- -- ----
0.8 -- ---
1 ----------4---
0.9 ==f--
--"'f- --- ------ - - -- -2
1 .3
--- f--------- -
-- ----+-----+- - --- 1-----1---+------t--+- -- ---
lP
0002
coef.
- --
-
0,005
200 1//r
0 7oc---:eo
-,Lo,.---o----,
o ----so::-o' --6
4':.c
1 :;--;;;
2o,---:J"=
01
002
1 .2
I"
005
005
1 .1
' I'.
02
02
\X
20
10
[)
50
\[;'JI;
2D
an
50
\\"-'\\l
500
--
i\ /
1U \
200
\\
100
ll
1000
'.\"'
200
..1
ua
ls
500
t(s)
5000
1h-2DOO
1\
1U '
1000
.c
om
Compact C250N/H/L to
C630N/H/L
tri p p i ng cu rves
05
10
20
30
50 70 100 200
1-lr
0001
0.5
____ 1____ - - ----- ---4
10
coef.
coef
1 .3 !----,-----,
1.3
1 .2
1 1 -----
0.9
--
20 30
50 70 100
- --- =-J=-= ::::-:.:::_ ==:_=

-
-- +----
--1
-
-:.-:.-:.::__ -:.-:.:: _
- - -
-
200 /l!r
Compact C801N/H/L S T t o C1251N/H ST

STR25DE control unit
ua
ls
Compact C400N/H/L ST and C630N/H/L ST

ST204S control unit
, , , ,
1000
500
200
\.
100
50
20
an
10
Q5
Q2
0.1
005
002
.
':
tM
0,01
0005
0,002
tr
05
3 4 5 7 10
20 30
50 70 100 200 1(1<
3 4 5
10
In = current rating of sensor

lr = long time setting
I = instantaneous pick-up
long t1me delay protection threshold (LRJ
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST

STR35GE control unit
ca
lP
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST

STR35SE/ME control unit
ar
0001
0(12
.E
lec
0.21111
0\
tri
10
0.05
0.01 !"'
. mJ:gmiEii'ffitljt't$-n1
o.oos'fff#lffimmrn
oHnm
oro'p!H!J?:!f:!j:?Jm
5

lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3)
- - - If lr = In
*INST , C801 - C1001 N-H i C801 - C1001 L
' 15
ww
xln
.c
om
Compact C400N/H/L ST and

C630N/H/L ST
Compact C801 N/H/L to
C1251 N / H ST
18
' C1251
1, 1 2
N-H
In
2 11\n
10
current rating o f sensor

lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3)
- - - If lr = In
*INST , C801 - C1001 N-H ' C801 - C1001 l
xln
1 15
' 8
C1251 N-H
i 12
Compact C801 N/H/L to C1251 N/H ST
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST
STR55UE control unit
STR45BE control unit
_1h
an
ua
ls
'""
0.1
tM
O.D1
0001
Compact C801N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST
Earth fault protection (T)
10/n
ar

lr long time setting
tr = time band delay
lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0, t - 0,2 - 0,3)
--- if lr = In
lP

lr long time setting
tr time band delay
lm - short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0,1 - 0,2 - 0,3)
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST
tri
ca
Load monitoring ( R )
.E
lec
ww

lh earth fault pick-up
(time band delay 0,1 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4)
.c
om
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to

C1 251 N/H ST
tri pp i n g cu rves
I n = current rating o f sensor

- - - closing of contacts
--- opening of contacts
ambient compensation of C400N/H/l ST

coef.
In{A)
.c
om
Compact C400N/H/LI ST and

C630N/H/L ST
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to
C1 251 N/H ST
ambient compensation of C630N/H/L ST

ln(A)
coef.
0.9
0.88
0.81
0.75
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60 oc
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60 oc
coef.
In(A)
1 800
coel.
C1001N/H ST
In(A)
0.93 1 1 60
0.92 1 1 50
910
780
0.97
770
0.95
760
0.85
0.8
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60 oc
.E
lec
w
ww
0.88 1 1 00
850
0.84 1050
0.8 1 000
800
20
tri
20
0.9 900
ca
0.98
C 1 251 N/H ST
In( A)
coef.
0.96 1 200
0.95 950
790
ambient compensation of C1251N/H/L ST
1 1250
1 1 000
lP
0.99
C801 N/Hil ST
ambient compensation of C1 001 N/H/L ST
ar
ambient compensation of C801 N/H/L ST
tM
an
20
ua
ls
0 . 94
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60 oc
20
25
30
35
.o
45
50
55
60 "C
.c
om
C o m pact 1 1 to 1 250 A
moulded case c i rcuit breakers :
typical specifications
general
construction
operation
MCCB shall comply with IEC 947-2 or

corresponding standards in member
countries (BS 4752 ; VDE 0660; UTE
63120).
The breaking capacities of the circuit
breakers shall be at least equal to the
prospective fault level at the point of the
distribution system where the breakers
are installed, unless the limitation capacity
of an upstream breaker allows cascading.
all MCCB shall be designed for
horizontal or vertical mounting without any
adverse effect on electrical performance.
if shall be possible to reverse feed the
breaker without reduction in performance.
they shall be available in fixed, plug-in
or withdrawable models and in 3-pole or
4-pole versions.
operating mechanism shall be of the

quick make break type, with the speed of
operation independent of the operator,
and mechanically trip free from the
operating handle so as to prevent the
contacts from being held closed against
short circuit and overload conditions. The
operating mechanism shall be constructed
to operate all poles in a multi-pole breaker
simultaneously during opening, closing
and tripped conditions.
the breakers shall be operated by a
toggle which shall clearly indicate the
three fundamental positions ON, OFF and
TRIPPED.
if required, rotary handles can equip the
breaker.
the breaking and extinction of the
electrical arc shall be achieved by means
of non-welding contacts and an arc chute
surrounding these contacts.
the current limiting MCCB with very
high breaking capacity shall be made of
two parts :
o a standard circuit breaker to operate on
small and medium fault currents
o a current limiter block to operate on
large short circuit currents.
the current limiter block shall be of
electro mechanical type (fuse free) and
fitted to the standard breaker.
the standard operating mechanism shall
be constructed so that the handle of the
circuit breaker indicates the real position
of the contacts to ensure a positive break
indication.
the breakers will have a double
insulation of the front face allowing field
installable auxiliaries without insulating the
unit.
all accessories and electrical auxiliaries
such as shunt trip or undervoltage
release, auxiliary contact, motor
mechanism shall be manufactured in such
a way that they can be easily field
installable.
all electrical auxiliaries shall be
equipped with built-in control terminals.
all internal electrical auxiliaries shall be
of snap in type.
Each pole of the MCCB shall be provided

with bi-metallic thermal element for
overload protection and magnetic element
for short circuit protection. The thermal
release shall be of the adjustable type and
could be equipped with sealing facility.
MCCB of 250 A size and above with
termal magnetic trip unit will be provided
with interchangeable trip unit.
Above 400 A, the trip unit could be of the
solid state type energised by internally
mounted current transformer.
It shall not require any external power
supply to operate the tripping mechanism.
an
ua
ls
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
.c
om
Com pact C M
630 t o 3200 A
6 Compact C M
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
presentation
characteristics
Visucompact CM1250 to 2500
remote control
auxiliaries
wiring diagrams
connection
part numbers
dimensions
tripping curves
page
1 50
1 54
1 55
1 56
1 57
1 58
1 59
1 60
1 62
164
Compact C M circuit breaker
Switch
Visucompact
choice of the c i rcuit

breaker
lP
T h e Compact CM complies with the

following standard s :
I E C 947-2
UTE NF C 63-120
VDE 0660
BS 4752
UL 489 (Special variants)
c i rcuit p rotection and

control function
ca
The source ( o r incoming) circuit breaker,

the main outgoing circuit breakers, and
the secondary (or divisional) outgoing
circuit breakers should be chosen so that:
their rating is at least equal to the
current rating of the outgoer considered ;
their breaking capacity is at least equal
to the short circuit current calculated at
the level considere d ;
discrimination can be ensured with the
downstream protective device.
ar
sta n d ards
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Com pact C M
p resentat i o n
tri
p re se ntati o n of the range
The C M 1 250 to CM3200 circuit

breakers fitted with the STCM 1 trip unit
ensure protection and control of circuits.
.E
lec
T h e Compact C M 1 250, C M 1 600, CM2000,

CM2500 and CM3200 circuit breakers
extend the Compact range up to 3200A.
They benefit from Merlin Geri n ' s vast
experience in insulating moulded cases,
and present all the advantages of
performance and functions which are the
strong points of this range. In particular,
they require no maintenance whatsoever.
Fitted at the outset with a solid state trip
unit, they take another step forward i n
protection o f i nstallations.
They exist in three-pole and four-pole
versions( 1 l .
They are fixed and front connecting.
They come i n two version s : a standard
version and a type H version with a higher
breaking capacity.
h i g h performances
ww
Breaking capacity
The breaking capacity is the same
whatever the rating of the
equipment :
standard version : 70 kA rms under
380/4 1 5 V (according to IEC) ;
type H version : 85 kA rms under
380/41 5 V (according to IEC) ( 2 l .
Discrimination
The Compact CM enables full
discrimination to be obtained with most
Compact circuit breakers.
function of protective
device d is c r i m i nation o n
s h o rt c i rcuits
T h e C M 1 250 t o CM3200 circuit breakers

fitted with STCM2 or STCM3 trip units P l
enable time discrimination to b e obtained
u p to the instantaneous trip threshold
(35 kA rms). This characteristic makes full
discrimination with most Compact circuit
breakers possible.
other functions
Control o f circuits
The Compact C M 1 6001 to CM32001
switch is identical in presentation to the
Compact CM circuit breaker. Its auxiliaries
and accessories are identical to those of
the Compact CM.
Positive break indication
The Compact CM gives a positive
break indication. The handle can only
indicate the "OFF" position if all the
contacts are actually open and separated
by a suitable distance. Similarly, it i s
only in t h i s position that padlocking
i s possible. If the equipment has an
auxiliary contact block, this position
is also visualised by an additional
mechanical indicator.
Compact with remote control
Visible break disconnection

A variant, the Visucompact CM, complying
with French Standard C 1 3 - 1 00, performs
visible breaking \ 1 l .
R emote control
The remote control performs opening and
closing of the Compact CM on orders
coming from push-buttons, changeover
switches or relays. It is fixed to the front
face of the circuit breaker.
tropical isahon
T h e Compact C M circuit breakers, their

variants and accessories are tropicalised
and meet :
IEC 68-2-30 Damp heat
IEC 68-2-2 Dry heat
IEC 68-2- 1 1 Salt mist
IEC 68-2-1 Cold temperature withstand.
instal lation
The Compact CM i s installed on a panel

or o n metal supports. It i s fixed at 4
points accessible from the front, and
located on the rear vertical plane. For
control access through the door, two cut
outs can be envisaged :
either to the control handle alone, with
the position indicators and locking
devices,
or, i n addition to the above parts, to the
trip unit setting adjustments.
The equipment can be supplied from
upstream or downstream indifferently.
an
ua
ls
.c
om
STCM trip u nit

test kit
STCM2
tM
the STCM3 carries out the same

functions as the STCM2, with in addition a
high threshold earth fault protection
(greater than 500 A) .
ar
Protection testing
On the STCM2 and STCM3, a connector
enables the user to check the processing
unit by means of a multi-voltage test kit
supplied as an option.
lP
Fault indication
When tripping on a fault occurs, it is
indicated in two ways :
o mechanically by the red SDE indicator,
o electrically by closing microswitch.
Selection of setting
The trip unit operating threshold can b e
adjusted a s a function o f the circuit
breaker sensor current ratings In given
below.
Compact CM 1 250 1 600 2000 2500 3200

Phase In
1 250 1 600 2000 2500 3200
Neutral In
630 800 1 000 1 250 Adjustment of the setting is carried out
on all the poles simultaneously, including
neutral for the four-pole Compact with
protected neutral.
SDE operation
local manual resettin g : the SDE has to
be pressed in to close the circuit breaker.
o automatic resettin g : it i s not necessary
to press the SDE in to close the circuit
breaker.
o
.E
lec
tri
ca
The STCM is a solid state trip unit fitted

to all the Compact CM circuit breakers. It
is supplied by sensors built into the
circuit breaker, and operates without an
auxiliary supply source. The settings are
accessible from the front. Three types of
trip unit are available:
the STCM1 for protection against :
o overloads (long time delay), adjustable.
o short circuits (instantaneous),
adjustable.
the STCM2 has a wider adjustment
range than the STCM 1. It offers the
possibility of time discrimination and
provides protection against:
o overloads (long time delay), adjustable.
o short circuits, adjustable threshold and
time delay (short time delay).
Discrimination is obtained on settings A,
B, C and setting 0 gives instantaneous
tripping.
A portable test kit with connecting cables

can be used to test the STCM2 or STCM3
type trip units.
The voltage supply to this test kit can be

1 1 0-1 27-220-240 V (50160 Hz).
ww
-----
.c
om
Cottl p act C M
p resentat i o n
CM circuit breaker
1 terminal pad
2 cover fixing screw
3 auxiliary circuit connection terminal
block
ua
ls
4 main and auxiliary contact position
indicator
padlocking device
key-locking device
opening push-button
operating handle and position indicator
SDE: fault current trip indicator;
the SDE is used for local resetting
10 test kit connector
1 1 long and short time delay protection
with time delay setting adjustment.
tM
an
5
6
7
8
9
11
lP
ar
10
ww
.E
lec
tri
ca
.c
om
composition
CM circuit breaker
4th pole
electronic trip unit
Visucompact
auxiliaries contact
undervoltage release MN
shunt release MX
handle extension
j cover
k remote control
ua
ls
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
voltage release models
shunt release :
with self-breaking contact MX:

continuous MXP: shunt release
an
o
o
o
o
ca
lP
ar
tM
----- a
undervoltage release:
instantaneous M N :
with static delay M N P
-------
ww
.E
lec
tri
n"nP.
1 54
.c
om
Compact C M
page 162
page 160
page 1 50
Dimensions
Part numbers
Presentation
1600
1 540
1470
1 400
1330
1 600
1540
1470
1400
1 330
220/240 v
380/415 V
440 V
500 V
660/690 V
3, 4
85
70
65
50
50
3, 4
1 25
85
85
50
50
3, 4
85
70
65
50
50
3, 4
125
85
85
50
50
<;;; 250 V
500 V
% of leu
50 %
AC 50/60 Hz
DC
number of poles
AC leu (kA rms) l 1 } according

to IEC 947-2
(P1 according to IEC 1 57-1 )
(1) defined for a power factor of :

0.5 if 6 < kA rms <; 10
0.3 if 1 0 < kA rms<;20
0.25 if 20 < kA rms .; 50
0.2 if kA rms > 50
(2) LIR .;; 0,015 s
rated ultimate breaking capacity DC
leu (kA) according to IEC 947,2 1 2 }
rated service breaking capacity

utilisation category ace. to IEC 947-2
rated short time
withstand current lew (kA)/At
suitability for isolation in ace. with IEC 947-2
double case insulated front face
rated impulse withstand volta9e
pollution degree
ca
lP
tri
lec
3P
4P, unprotected neutral
4P, protected neutral
lr = in x . . .
tripping between :
lm = lr x
accuracy
setting of time delay
maximum resettable time (ms)
maximum breaking time (ms)
It = In x . . .
accurac
setting of time delay
maximum resettable time (ms)
maximum breaking time (ms)
.E
sohd state tr1p unit

mounting on Compact CM
long time delay protection
short time delay and

instantaneous protection 141
ww
earth fault protection
3, 4
85
70
65
50
50
ar
32
1
yes
no
8
Uimp kV
Ill
safeperimeter
see scheme on page 63
85
85
Nema performances rated ultimate breaking capacity 240 v
1 25
(0-CO) according to Nema AB 1 480 v
65
65
85
50
50
600 v
50
lcm ace. to IEC 947-2
380 v
1 50
1 50
making capacity
187
kA peak
440 v
110
1 87
110
A C 50/60 Hz
500 v
1 10
1 10
110
110
110
600 v
1 10
660/690 v
1 10
1 10
110
power loss
three phase (W)
breaker
210
330
210
300
480
Visucompact 300
maximum breaking time
(ms)
50
50
50
endurance
mechanical
10 000 1 0 000 1 0 000
(cycle CO)
electrical ln/690 V 2 000
2 000
2 000
3P
41
(kg)
weight
41
41
56
4P
56
56
switch version
65
electrodynamical withstand (kA peak)
short time withstand lew 3s (kA)
32
weight (kg)
37
3P
4P
52
Visucompact version weight (kg)
3P
64
64
4P
86
86
front face protection degree
IP 40
kA (rms)
t (s)
2000
1930
1 840
1 750
1 660
2000
1 930
1 840
1 750
1660
2500
2410
231 0
2200
2075
2500
2410
2310
2200
2075
ua
ls
1 250
1250
1250
1250
1250
3, 4
125
85
85
50
50
3200
3100
3000
2800
2700
3200
3100
3000
2800
2700
3, 4
85
70
65
50
50
3, 4
125
85
85
50
50
3
85
70
65
50
50
3
1 25
85
85
50
50
85
65
50
1 50
110
1 10
1 10
110
525
750
50
1 0 000
2 000
63
78
65
32
59
74
92
114
1 25
85
50
1 87
1 87
1 10
110
110
525
750
50
10 000
2 000
63
78
85
65
50
150
1 10
110
110
1 10
700
125
85
50
1 87
1 87
110
1 10
1 10
700
50
1 0 000
2 000
83
50
1 0 000
2 000
83
an
rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

CM1250N CM1250H CM1600N CM1600H CM2000N CM2000H CM2500N CM2500H CM3200N CM3200H
1 250
1 250
1 250
1 250
1250
750
690
40 C
45 C
50 C
55 C
60 C
(A)
tM
Compact
rated current In
1 25
85
50
187
187
110
110
110
330
480
50
10 000
2 000
41
56
85
65
50
1 50
110
110
110
1 10
390
540
50
1 0 000
2 000
46
61
65
32
42
57
73
95
1 25
85
50
1 87
1 87
1 10
110
110
390
540
50
1 0 000
2 000
46
61
65
32
79
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
(3 }
0.5-0.6-0. 7-0.8-0.9-1
1 .05 and 1 .25 lr
3-4-5-6
+ 20 %
none
0
50
0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1
1 .05 and 1 .25 lr
2-4-6-8
+ 15 %
0
A
B
C
0
1 25 225
35
50
120 220 330
(3) For systems with distributed but unswitched neutral, a 4th sensor can be supplied separatelv nr tiu; .... ....
the 3 200 A Compact CM or four pole Compact CM.
"'""" " "

(4) All the Comn"ct ""
-- - - -
0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1
1 .05 and 1 .25 lr
2-4-6-8
+ 15 %
A
0
B
c
125 225
35
0
1 20 220 330
50
0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5
+ 15 %15)
0.1 0.2 0.3
0
1 35 235 345
0
1 30 230 340 460
presentation
tM
i nstallation
lP
ar
The Visucompact CM is delivered in three

separate elements:
a disconnector mounted on a mounting
plate
a fixed Compact CM circuit breaker
the fitting accessories.
The disconnector mounting plate is
provided with guides to make circuit
breaker installation easier.
The electrical connection between the two
units being by means of the high-pressure
finger contacts, the circuit breaker can
easily be disconnected after the
downstream connections have been
removed.
electrical auxiliaries,
accessories and locking
devices
All the Compact CM auxiliaries can be

fitted to the Visucompact CM. Moreover
the disconnector can accept:
1 unit of 2 auxiliary contacts< 1 J .
a device for locking in "open" position
by Profalux 824-04-Z key-lock (lock
supplied) ( 2 ) .
a door interlock (the door can only be
opened if the disconnector is open).
ca
The Visucompact CM is a three or four

pole unit comprising :
a disconnector for visible break
disconnection.
a fixed Compact CM circuit breaker for
control and protection against
overcurrents.
The disconnection function is carried out
by high electro-dynamic withstand self
compensated finger contacts, which make
the electrical connection by direct
engagement on the upstream side of the
circuit breaker.
The position of the contacts can be seen
directly through a transparent screen.
A pretripping system prevents on-load
disconnection. The disconnector is always
fitted with an "open" position padlocking
device for 3 padlocks (not supplied) .
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Com pact C M
Visucompact C M 1 250 t o 2500
characteristics
ww
.E
lec
tri
Disconnector characteristics are at least

equivalent to those of circuit breakers on
which they are used.
The Visucompact C M therefore offers the
same performances as the Compact
CM<3J.
CM1 250 to CM2500
Visucompact type
rated voltage
660 V AC
3 or 4
number of poles
The other characteristics are identical to
those of the Compact CM.
AC
DC
AC (all voltages)
DC (all voltages)
.E
lec
reponse time (under Un)
ww
operating limits
endurance CO cycles (IEC)
max operating rate
fault contact (SDE)
lP
remote control and protection of

circuits with a low operating rate ;
daily opening and closing of a circuit
from a control desk;
non-priority circuit load-shedding and
restoring control.
tri
i nstallation
The remote control can be installed on

the whole range of Compact C M circuit
breakers having either a shunt trip unit
(MX) or an undervoltage release unit
( M N ) . It is fitted to the front of the circuit
breaker( 1 ) .
ca
Equipped with a gear motor, t h e remote

control ensures charging of operating
mechanism and closing of the circuit
breaker i n the same cycle.
remote opening is carried out by the
MX shunt release or the MN or M N R
undervoltage release.
local opening is carried out by a
pushbutton.
consumption on closing
tM
use
description
Compact type
supply voltage (A)
The state of the circuit breaker is given by

an indicator :
white : circuit breaker closed.
gree n : circuit breaker open.
These two indicators give a positive break
indication.
A handle fitted on the front face enables
the circuit breaker to be operated locally.
When local operation takes place, the re
mote electrical closing orders are locked.
ar
presentation
The remote control opens a n d closes the
Compact C M from a distance on orders
from push-buttons, changeover switches
or relays.
It i s fitted to the front face of the C M 1 250
and C M3200 circuit breakers and the
Visucompact. Like the Compact C M , the
remote control does not require any
maintenance.
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Com pact C M
remote control
Compact CM1 250 to CM3200

50 Hz
1 10
48
1 27
60 Hz
1 20
1 27
240
48
24
30
700
VA
700
w
closin : T < 1 .5 s
opening: circuit breaker opening time
voltage : 0.85 to 1 . 1 Un at 40 C
10 000
2 cycles per minute
220
265
1 00
240
277
1 10
380
440
1 25
41 5
480
220
.c
om
Compact C M
electrical auxi l i aries and accessories
i nstallation of auxiliaries
contact which has to be wired to 2

separate terminals supplied).
This terminal is accessible from the front
without removing the cover.
ua
ls
Auxiliaries can be easily fitted without

adjustment by means of 2 fixing screws.
Each auxiliary unit has a precabled
connection terminal (except the SDE
auxiliary contacts
1 unit including 2 OF contacts of

changeover type with common point to
indicate open or closed;
1 unit including 4 O F contacts of
changeover type with common point to
indicate open or closed, associated with
an SO contact of changeover type with
common point which indicates the circuit
breaker discharged position following
tripping either by the static trip unit or by
the voltage release units ;
1 SDE contact (electrical fault signal), a
closing contact which indicates circuit
breaker discharged position following
tripping by the static trip unit only.
This contact cannot be fitted in Compact
CM load break switches.
In addition to the voltage release, each
circuit breaker can accept auxiliary
contacts in the combinations given below:
OF
SO
SOE
2
4
4
ar
tM
an
4 OF + SO unit
voltage releases
ca
lP
Whatever the type of Compact CM, its
rating and the number of poles, only one
voltage release can be fitted per circuit
breaker, either:
an undervoltage release
o instantaneous ( M N ) ,
tri
Electrical characteristics
supply: voltage
unit
instantaneous ( M N )
t i m e delayed ( M N R )
.E
lec
Shunt trip unit (MX)
Undervoltage release unit (MN)
shunt trip unit

self-breaking ( MX )
shunt trip unit

continuous ( MXP) ( 1 1
Electrical characteristics
auxiliaries ty:e
OF
rated current (A)
2
breaking AC 240 V 6
capacity
480 V 6
600 V 3
DC 24 V
3
3
48 V
1 25 v 0.5
250 V 0.25
so
2
5
5
3
3
3
0.5
0.25
SOE
2
2
2
1 .2
0.4
0.2
delayed action by static time delay

(MNR);
or a shunt trip
o with self-breaking contaot (MX),
o continuous (MXP) ; a derivative o f the
MX trip unit, it can remain continuously
under voltage to prevent closing.
o
see page 1 61
operation between 0.35 and 0.7 U n
hold
consumption (all voltages) inrush
80
AC (VA)
200
DC (W)
3
45
opening time 50 ms
accessories: static time delay set from 0.5 to 1 s
operation between 0.7 and 1 . 1 U n
110
AC (VA)
1 20
D C (W)
opening time 50 ms
operation between 0.7 and 1 . 1 U n
hold
AC (VA)
80
200
DC (W)
3
45
opening time 50 ms
(1) a derivative of the MN trip unit, it can remain continuously under voltage while preventing closing.
ww
locking devices
On illustration opposite :
1 key-lock
2 - padlock device
-
The following locking devices can be

supplied on request:
open position padlocking device
(padlock not supplied).
a device for locking i n open position by
Profalux KS5824 key-lock supplied, key
shape identical to Profalux V1 1 -1 8 .
On request, Ronis N2070 type lock, key
shape identical to Ronis 1 1 04 or EL1 1 AP.
connection terminals
self-supply relay
shunt release with self-breaking contact
MX
MN
MXP continuous shunt release
M
electrical operating mechanism motor
M2
cover opening interlock
QF
CM circuit breaker
BPO opening pushbutton
YS
fault trip lock-out and reset
SDE fault trip indication
connection terminals
XR
R
additional resistance for U > 220 V AC or DC
XR
manual control
right-hand terminal block
right-hand terminal block
used for internal

operation of
remote control
an
ua
ls
wiring diagram with :

remote control
.c
om
C o m pact C M
w i r i n g d i a g rams
Voltage releases
MJ'!.
MNR
tM
MX
MXP
Left-hand terminal block
-- - -- = -
ar
s
LIID- -
- r: - r T E e f :
s2 64 n 74
61
11
- -
I E
t r
f:-,
-f,- +
-
1
I
1
I
I A':_
1
I
I
_c2 l c2
tri
r - -1 -
ca
lP
diagram no. 698596 for local manual reset
.
-- -t
-g-
--r -,
I
I
*
$I 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 2 1 1 4 1 22
lec
4- -
- - MX
14-----++--+--- MN
ww
.E
I
I
Il
- <bi-1 - -
- 7 - BPO
.c
om
Com pact C M
connect i o n
Compact C M connection
2500 A rating
Horizontal or vertical
flat bars on bare
terminals.
Horizontal flat bars

with connectors.
Horizontal or vertical
edgewise bars with

connectors.
Vertical edgewise bars

with connectors.
ca
lP
ar
3200 A rating
tM
an
1 250-1 600-2000 A ratings
For the 3200 A rating, the basic circuit

breaker includes connectors enabling
connection to be made by means of
horizontal edgewise bars.
ua
ls
For the 2500 A rating, the circuit breaker

is always supplied with a set of orientable
connectors on the middle phase.
These connectors must be used to
connect the bars.
However, the neutral and outside
terminals are supplied bare. Sets of
conn ectors can be supplied for these
terminals as an optional extra.
For the 1 250, 1 600 and 2000 A ratings,

the equipment is supplied with bare
terminals. A set of orientable connectors
can be supplied as an option. The bars
can then be fitted in all the usual
directions.
Horizontal edgewise bars

with connectors.
Visucompact CM connection
ww
.E
lec
tri
The method of connection to the

(upstream) disconnector terminals is the
same as for the Compact CM. Only the
distance between fixing centres and the
dimensions of the terminal differ (see
overall dimensions).
The connectors are the same as for the
Compact CM, and the bar orientation and
arrangement possibilities are the same.
As for the Compact CM, the 2500 A rating
must be connected by means of the
connectors supplied with the equipment.
Horizontal edgewise bars

with connectors.
Vertical edgewise bars

with connectors.
Compact C M mccb's
Visucompact CM
Compact C M type I switches
.c
om
C o m pact C M
C M 1 600 t o CM3200
Compact CM
fixed
FC
Compact CM2500
. fixed
FC
Compact CM3200
Compact CM type H
fixed
FC
Compact CM1 250H
fixed
FC
Compact CM1 600H
fixed
FC
Compact CM2000H
fixed
FC
Compact C M2500H
fixed
FC
Compact CM3200H
Visucompact CM
j
j
CM1 600
fixed
FC
t-
lec
Visucompact
CM1 250
Visucompact
CM2000
.E
Visucompact CM2500
fixed
FC
fixed
FC
Compact CM switches
fixed
FC
Compact CM20001
fixed
FC
Compact C M25001
fixed
FC
Compact CM1 6001
ww
STCM2
trip unit
3P
4P
STCM1
55433
55444
55460
55434
55445
55461
55435
55446
55462
55436
55447
55463
55438
55449
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
3t
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STC M 1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
trip unit
STCM 1
STCM2
tri
Visucompact
fixed
FC
j
j
j
j
j
55408
55419
STCM2
Compact CM32001
fixed
FC
j
j
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM 1
STCM2
STCM3
STCM1
STCM2
STCM3
4th earth fault protection sensor
3P
3t
55466
55474
55486
55467
55475
55487
55468
55476
55488
55469
55477
55489
(fitted outside the circuit breaker, with
3t + N/2
55422
1 250
55407
55418
55423
55424
55409
55420
3t
55425
4t
55439
55450
55471
55479
55472
55480
55473
55481
rating
(A}
3P
1 600
55490 55494
2000
55491
2500
55492 55496
3200
55493
4P
55495
1 600
55529
2000
55530
2500
55531
STCM3
only}
1 250
55528
1 600
55529
2000
55530
2500
55531
55457
55442
55453
55470
55478
55528
55456
55441
55452
3t
only}
55455
55440
55451
4P
3t + N/2
STCM3
ua
ls
fixed
FC
Compact CM2000
55406
55417
4t
tM
fixed
FC
Compact CM1600
j
j
j
j
j
55400
55411
55427
55401
55412
55428
55402
55413
55429
55403
55414
55430
55405
55416
STCM1
3t
ar
Compact CM1 250
4P
ca
lP
fixed
FC
3P
3t
an
trip unit
55458
41
3t + N/2
STCM3
only}
55482
1250
55528
1 600
55529
2000
55530
2500
55531
55483
55484
55485
MNR (time delayed undervoltage

release)
auxilial): switches
55687
55542
1 10
1 20/ 1 27
55569 240
55572
55570
55578
55543
208/220
240
55571
380
55573
415
55574
2 OF
for remote control
4 OF
voltage releases
MX
(supplied with remote control)
55676
AC 60 Hz (V)
48
55546
120/127
55547
1 1 0/ 1 27
55547
240/265
55548
208/220
/240
380/4 1 5
55548
440/480
55550
55549 440
55550
DC (V)
24
55544
30
55545
48
55546
1 1 0/125
55547
220
55548
MXP
(continuous current shunt trieJ
AC 50 Hz (V)
AC 60 Hz (V)
55693
120
55592
110
55586
127
55586
127
55587 240
55593
220
55588 265
55588
240
55589 277
55594
380/4 1 5
55591
55595
440
480
DC (V)
55597
30
55598
48
60
55599
1 10
55600
125
55601
220
55602
55580
48
55582
1 10
55583
125
55584
220
55585
AC 50 Hz (V)
cover
toggle handle
safety handle
AC 60 Hz (V)
55603
120/ 1 27
55611
110
55604
240
55613
55605
265
55614
220/240
55607
277
55615
380
415
55609
440
55616
55610
480
55617
DC (V)
24/30
55618
48
55620
60
55621
100
55622
110
55623
125
55624
220
55625
accessories
locking by adlocks or key lock

for Comact CM
55697
'\;
AC 50 Hz (V)
for Visucompact CM
tri
MN ( instantaneous undervoltage
release)
48
55681
AC 60 Hz (V)
55558
120
1 10
55552
127
55552
127
55553
240
55559
55554 265
55554
55555 277
55560
55557 440
55561
480
55557
240
380/41 5
DC (V)
24
55563
55564
.E
30
55565
220
55568
48
60
110
125
55685
55566
55567
on disconnector12 1
for 3 padlocks ( not sueelied)
1 Profalux 824D4Z
1 Ranis type 1 35 1 8
1 door lock
55653
55654
55655
55656
55657
55658
55659
sealing accesso'I
transparent sealable shield
for Statipact STCM trip units
dummy trip unit
switch)
55663
55664
55665
55668
55669
55670
55671
55672
connectors for CM2500 NIH ST
48
127
55662
for motor mechanism
55581
for 3 eadlocks (not sueelied)

for 3 padlocks (not supplied)
+ 1 Profalux 824D4Z
for 3 padlocks (not supplied)
+ 1 Ranis tyee 1 35 1 8
220
ww
operating handle
front bezel 3 or 4P
adaptable motor mechanism ( 1 )
55591
lec
TJI
24
24
30
55661
for Visucomact CM
ca
lP
48
55572
DC (V)
(for remote trieeing)

(shunt triel
AC 50 Hz (V)
440
toggle handle
extension handle
cover for 3P breaker
cover for neutral pole
shield for auxiliaries
ua
ls
4 OF + 1 SD
for Visucomact CM
120/127
an
55541
spare parts
for compact CM
55570
48
2 OF
tM
if
for Comact CM
AC 60 Hz (V)
ar
AC 50 Hz (V)
.c
om
55652
(supplied with Compact CM
for Compact CM switch

1250 to 3200 A
55535
testing kit
for trip unit STCM2 and STCM3
( 1 1 0- 1 27-220-240 V AC)
55651
connection
for Comact CM and Visucompact CM
phase or neutral connector for

Compact CM ,; 2000 A or neutral
connector for Compact CM
,; 2500 A
1 connector
55660
4 connectors tor CM 2500
55377
poles 1 and 3
right up or left down

left up or right down
central up or down
55673
55674
55675
------5n- ---51
418- ----
----=-4 -37--1
--+;----.1 .f-
Terminal pads
All ratings
12
N.B.: any busbar passing over blowing openings will
have to be insulated
- - 281 --
Connection
Compact CM1250 to 2000 1 1 1
I
-:
551
-1105
t-
Terminals with
connectors for horizontal
or vertical edgewise bars.
1 250 to 2000 A connectorsl 1 )
I.
20
,.a..J.t.,
i
, ;:',
....J-20
-!,-
'
'
: 120
, , 9X11
15
: Lr---.. .1:\i=r=:::;:;:;:l=:
.,..,
I
-L
---l- 120 -+- 120 89 _;..
105
5.
Terminals with
connectors for vertical
flat bars.
2500 A connectors
(optional)
(optional)
(standard)
LH upstream or
RH downstream
Central phase
Phases 1 and 3
RH upstream or LH
downstream
Terminals with
connectors for tforizontal
or vertical edgewise bars.
tri
s12
"
..
"
II
,,
Terminals with
connectors for horizontal
flat bars.
ca
lP
10
@-40
j135....1.
f140t140l.-
5
65
ar
Bare terminals for

horizontal or vertical t/at
bars.'
fi"
Compact CM2500
c
-mt------,
. ....rt:
.., H-------.
'
an
'
lro
1 rfc=] r
. .
I!
tM
fF
f
--- 390 --
1 210
.,..a
r- ,
2500
63
78
ua
ls
Compact CM1 250 t o 2500

Approximate weights (kg)
without accessories or auxiliaries
1 250
1 600
2000
rating
3-pole
41
41
46
4-pole
56
56
61
.c
om
Compact CM1 250 to 3200
C o m pact C M
d i mensions
C: busbar fixing axis
Compact CM3200
ww
.E
lec
Approximate weight: 83 kg
The dimensions of the Compact CM3200
are identical to those of the Compact
CM 1 250 to 2500 except for the terminal
pads.
1-- 1 20-j-- 1?0--i

390 ----l--+r
550
.c
om
Visucompact CM1 250 to 2500
Visucompact CM1 250 to 2500

2500
92
1 14
165
Upstream terminal pads
a
1 20
1 30
1 30
b
1 50
1 40
1 40
. .1: ::
c---ool-t-4
185
an
rating
1 600
2000
2500
ua
ls
Approximative weights (kg)

without accessories or auxiliaries
1 250
1 600
2000
rating
3-pole
64
64
73
4-pole
86
86
95
.
!!
!
55
1t -
Terminals with connectors

for horizontal or vertical
edgewise bars.
ar
-rJL
J-
[ b -;a-r a

for horizontal flat bars.
ca
lP
Bare terminals tor

horizontal or vertical
flat bars.
90
tM
Upstream connection
The downstream connection is identical to the Compact CM (see opposite).
Visucompact CM2500 I 2 l
Visucompact C M 1 250 to 2000 ( 1 )
5!
.f.
115

for vertical flat bars.

for horizontal or vertical
edgewise bars.
C: busbar fixing axis
remote control for

Compact C M 1 250 to 3200
.E
lec
tri
22
16
330
240
c-1
-1
I
ww
I
I
r
I
d
L
__L
I
I
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
QS
i ll m
::
ij
rrr
1!
H!
l4i =,l=
u-
\
t
I c
Hf
= Li I 1
'
"( [
-! I
1
I
u-;_!ll ":u
.
111
:
10000
i ;
t; ! ;
L ! ; f : . i :
" F ::1'. . --; ;
_J j l! 'i l
J :r 1: " ,- ' .
I. . i
;i i !:;,
! rr
,
Pel'"
c.r
=Ii
;-
_,
0.1
0.05
10000
5000
lh-2000
5000
1h-2000
1000
1000
500
500
200
50
,!'..
20
10
0,01
0.005
"'
+
Q002
r--.
.1
QS
3 4 5 8 7 10
r;:r
50 J0 100 200
0.001
05
VIr
,,
3--
3 4
5 6 78 10
20
30
SO 70 100
ar
ca
lP
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
200
ltlr
short time delay protection (short circuits), with time

delay settings.
(4) instantaneous 35 kA (shown for the 2500 A rating).
(3)
(1) long time delay protection (overloads) .

(2) instantaneous protection (short circuits).
I.
0005
0002
20 30
JC
..._
001
5,'
0.02
"""
/"
10
02
+
_rT
50
20
0.05
-t
Q02
100
''
'
l i.
.
t(S)
200
'
100
Fm =:Httc
C:i .J:; fl io 1 ;;_:
-1
. =r;
r.
'ri
1- :ft t
t;J-
""' "it
;c -
Q2
0.001
' '
i_ i1t
cl
1
i ' I; :
ua
ls
lh--
ll
t{s)
an
5000
t(S)
tM
10000
STCM3 : earth protection
STCM2 and STCM3
STCM1
.c
om
Com pact CM
tri p p i n g cu rves
(5)
earth fault protection.

(6) time delay settings for earth protection.
; ._.
ww
.E
lec
tri
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
ua
ls
.c
om
ww
.E
tri
lec
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
ua
ls
.c
om
.c
om
ua
ls
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
.E
lec
w
ww
MERLIN GERIN
38050 Grenoble cedex
France
tel. 76 57 60 60
As standards, specifications and designs develop from time

to time, always ask for confirmation of the information given
in this publication.
ww
.E
lec
tri
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
ua
ls
.c
om

MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

.

A short presentation of our most

remote control units for

These remote control units are available in

two drawout chassis for

With a new generation of Solid State Trip

universal chassis (same approach as

65 kA, according to IEC 947-2 for C 1 0 1 H,

Compact circuit breakers

models and add-ons

Compact circuit breakers

with Visu module:

!_E_a!! -Qe protection can also be nrn\/irlorf '""''""'

l nterpact load b reak

standards and description

residual current protection

remote control automatic source

Compact C401 and C630

Com pact system

Compact C801 ST. C 1001 ST and

standards and description

Compact moulded case circuit breakers

Compact circuit breakers and switches are

Compact and derived breakers as well as

installation and type of operating

Compact circuit breakers can meet 4 levels

(41 5/380 V- leu according to IEC 947-2)

positive break indication : the handle

IEC 947 new standards

A new series of standards for low voltage

Merlin Gerin low voltage devices comply

Those characteristics specified by IEC 947.2

double case insulation of front face (class

Compact breakers offer various protections,

A single control unit can offer several types

thermal magnetic trip units

1160 1250 1400

rated current (A)

solid state control units

160 [250 J400

various trip u nit functions

The Vigicompact is made u p of a

residual current protection

Residual current protection is used to

residual current protection

residual current protection:

residual current protection

shunt trip release MX

Compact with Vigirex and

The withdrawable function allows:

All withdrawable Compact circuit breakers

plug-in Compact base

C101N/H/L to C630N/H/L ST can be

C801 N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST can be

standard chassis (C1251)

(1) except for C101.

fully visible break

Com pact system

Remote control allows remote opening

The automatic source changeovers of the

A range of auxiliary contacts, shunt trips

OF contact double throw switch

Direct rotary handle